PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE CO
POS AM, 1997-04-23
LIFE INSURANCE
Previous: FOUNTAIN OIL INC, DEF 14A, 1997-04-23
Next: PRICE T ROWE INTERNATIONAL FUNDS INC, 485BPOS, 1997-04-23



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL  , 1997
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-02249
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
   
                            POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT
                                     NO. 1
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                                    <C>
             TENNESSEE                             63-0169720                                6355
  (State or other jurisdiction of               (I.R.S. Employer                 (Primary Standard Industrial
  incorporation or organization)             Identification Number)                  Classification Code)
</TABLE>
 
                             2801 Highway 280 South
 
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35223
 
                                 (205) 879-9230
 
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                         of principal executive office)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                  Carolyn King
              Senior Vice President, Investment Products Division
 
                       Protective Life Insurance Company
                                 P. O. Box 2606
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                                 (205) 879-9230
 
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
   
         Stephen E. Roth, Esq.                   Steve M. Callaway, Esq.
  Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan, L.L.P.      Protective Life Insurance Company
     1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.                   P. O. Box 2606
      Washington, D.C. 20004-2404               Birmingham, Alabama 35202
 
                            ------------------------
    
 
    If  any of the securities  that have been registered on  this Form are to be
offered on  a  delayed  or continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule  415  under  the
Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. /X/
 
   
    Pursuant  to  Rule 429  under  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  the prospectus
contained herein also relates to Registration Statement Nos. 33-31940, 33-39345,
and 33-57052.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                       Cross Reference Sheet Pursuant to
                          Regulation S-K, Item 501(b)
 
             FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION HEADING IN PROSPECTUS
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>                                           <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and
           Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus......  Outside Front Cover Page
 
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
           Prospectus..................................  Capsule Summary of the Contract; Table of
                                                         Contents
 
       3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio
           of Earnings to Fixed Charges................  Outside Front Cover Page; Capsule Summary
                                                         of the Contract; Glossary of Special
                                                         Terms
 
       4.  Use of Proceeds.............................  Investments by Protective
 
       5.  Determination of Offering Price.............  Not Applicable
 
       6.  Dilution....................................  Not Applicable
 
       7.  Selling Security Holders....................  Not Applicable
 
       8.  Plan of Distribution........................  Distribution of Contracts
 
       9.  Description of Securities to be
           Registered..................................  Capsule Summary of the Contract;
                                                         Description of Contracts, Appendix B;
                                                         Appendix C
 
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel......  Not Applicable
 
      11.  Information with Respect to the
           Registrant..................................  Protective Life Insurance Company;
                                                         Executive Officers and Directors;
                                                         Executive Compensation; Financial
                                                         Statements; Legal Proceedings
 
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
           Indemnification for Securities Act
           Liabilities.................................  Undertakings
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
P R O S P E C T U S
 
                     MODIFIED GUARANTEED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                                   Issued by
                       Protective Life Insurance Company
                                 ("Protective")
                                 P.O. Box 2606
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35202
                                 (205) 879-9230
 
                            ------------------------
 
    This  Prospectus describes interests in  a Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity
Contract and  an  Individual  Modified Guaranteed  Annuity  Contract.  Both  are
designed  and offered to provide annuity  payments in connection with retirement
programs that may or may not qualify for special income tax treatment under  the
Internal  Revenue Code. With respect to the Group Contract, eligible individuals
include persons who have established accounts with certain broker-dealers  which
have  entered  into  distribution agreements  to  offer interests  in  the Group
Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract, and members of other eligible groups. (See
"Distribution of Contracts"). An Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract
is offered in certain states.
 
    Participation in a Group  Contract will be separately  accounted for by  the
issuance  of a  Certificate evidencing your  interest under  the Group Contract.
Participation in  an Individual  Contract is  evidenced by  the issuance  of  an
Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract. The Group Contract, Certificate
and  Individual Modified Guaranteed  Annuity Contract are  hereafter referred to
collectively as the "Contract".
 
    An Annuity Deposit of at  least $10,000 is required  in order to purchase  a
Contract.  Additional Annuity Deposit(s) can be made to the Contract. Regardless
of the number  of Annuity  Deposit(s) made, only  one Contract  will be  issued.
Protective  Life Insurance Company reserves the  right to limit the total amount
of your Annuity Deposit(s).
 
    Each Annuity Deposit (less Premium  Taxes, if applicable) will be  allocated
at your direction to one or more Sub-Accounts which correspond to the Guaranteed
Periods  chosen by you  and will accumulate  at the Guaranteed  Interest Rate or
Rates applicable to such Guaranteed  Periods established by Protective.  Several
Guaranteed  Periods  are  currently offered  by  the Company.  PARTIAL  AND FULL
SURRENDERS MADE PRIOR  TO THE END  OF A GUARANTEED  PERIOD MAY BE  SUBJECT TO  A
SURRENDER  CHARGE, AND WILL BE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT, WHICH COULD
EITHER INCREASE OR DECREASE YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE.
 
    PLEASE READ  THIS PROSPECTUS  CAREFULLY. INVESTORS  SHOULD KEEP  A COPY  FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
 
AN  INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACT IS NOT  A DEPOSIT OR OBLIGATION OF, OR GUARANTEED
OR ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK, NOR IS  THE CONTRACT FEDERALLY INSURED BY THE  FEDERAL
DEPOSIT  INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER  GOVERNMENT AGENCY. AN INVESTMENT IN
THE CONTRACT  INVOLVES CERTAIN  RISKS, INCLUDING  THE LOSS  OF ANNUITY  DEPOSITS
(PRINCIPAL).
                            ------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
                   The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 1997
    
<PAGE>
                        CAPSULE SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT
 
    This Prospectus describes Group  and Individual Modified Guaranteed  Annuity
Contracts  issued by Protective  Life Insurance Company.  These Contracts may be
issued to any eligible employer, entity  or other organized group acceptable  to
us or to an individual in certain states.
 
    The  Contract may  be issued  pursuant to  nonqualified retirement  plans or
plans qualifying  for  special  tax  treatment  such  as  Individual  Retirement
Annuities or Accounts, H.R. 10 plans, corporate pension or profit-sharing plans,
Tax-Sheltered  Annuities or  Section 457  Deferred Compensation  ("Section 457")
plans.
 
   
    You must submit  properly completed  application information  along with  an
Annuity  Deposit to receive a Contract. Your  initial Annuity Deposit must be at
least $10,000 unless approved by the Company. Additional Annuity Deposits can be
made to the Contract.  Regardless of the number  of Annuity Deposits made,  only
one  Contract will be issued. We reserve the  right to limit the total amount of
your Annuity Deposit(s). Each Annuity Deposit  will be allocated to one or  more
Sub-Accounts  which correspond to  the Guaranteed Periods  that you specify. The
minimum allocation to a  Sub-Account is $10,000.  You select Initial  Guaranteed
Period(s)  from among those offered by Protective at the time an Annuity Deposit
is made. A Guaranteed Period is the period of years for which a rate of interest
is guaranteed. During an Initial Guaranteed Period, the portion of your  Annuity
Deposit  allocated to  a Sub-Account and  any initial  interest credited thereon
will earn  interest  at  the  applicable Initial  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  as
established by Protective, at an effective interest rate after daily compounding
of interest has been taken into account.
    
 
    Unless  you elect a different  duration from among those  then offered by us
within twenty days prior to or ten  days after the end of an Initial  Guaranteed
Period, the corresponding Sub-Account Value will be automatically transferred to
a  Subsequent Guaranteed Period of  either (i) the same  duration as the Initial
Guaranteed Period if  then offered  by us; or  (ii) the  shortest duration  then
offered  by us which is  closest to the same  duration as the Initial Guaranteed
Period. The Sub-Account Value as of the first day of each Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period   will  earn  interest  at   the  Subsequent  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate.
PROTECTIVE'S MANAGEMENT WILL MAKE THE FINAL DETERMINATION AS TO GUARANTEED RATES
TO BE DECLARED. WE CANNOT PREDICT  NOR DO WE GUARANTEE FUTURE GUARANTEED  RATES.
(See "Establishment of Guaranteed Interest Rates").
 
    We make no charges to your Annuity Deposit when it is received by us (except
deduction for premium taxes, where applicable). Full and partial surrenders from
each  Sub-Account  are  permitted subject  to  certain restrictions.  A  full or
partial surrender made prior to the end  of a Guaranteed Period will be  subject
to  a Market Value  Adjustment and may  be subject to  a Surrender Charge, which
could result in the  receipt of less than  your Annuity Deposit(s). A  Surrender
Charge  will  apply  during the  first  seven  years of  each  Initial  and each
Subsequent Guaranteed Period. For each  Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed  Period
with  durations  longer than  seven years,  a Surrender  Charge will  only apply
during the  first seven  years. The  Surrender Charge  is equal  to a  specified
Surrender  Charge Percentage (maximum 6%) applied to  the amount of each full or
partial surrender requested less any amount available as an Interest Withdrawal.
(See "Interest Withdrawals" and "Surrender Charges").
 
    You may withdraw all  or a portion  of the interest  that has been  credited
during  the prior Contract Year at any  time during the current Contract Year if
you so request in  a form and  manner acceptable to  Protective. We reserve  the
right  to limit such  withdrawals to once  during a Contract  Year. No Surrender
Charge or Market Value Adjustment will be imposed on such Interest  Withdrawals.
Any  such withdrawal may, however, be subject  to tax, including the 10% penalty
tax under the Internal Revenue Code.
 
    A Market Value  Adjustment is  applied when you  request a  full or  partial
surrender  from a Sub-Account  prior to the end  of the Sub-Account's Guaranteed
Period. The Market Value Adjustment reflects
<PAGE>
the relationship between  (i) the  Treasury Rate currently  established for  the
same  term as the Guaranteed Period from  which the full or partial surrender is
being made, and (ii) the Treasury Rate initially established for the  Guaranteed
Period from which the full or partial surrender is being made. The Treasury Rate
is  the  annual  effective  interest rate  credited  to  United  States Treasury
instruments, as published  by a  nationally recognized service.  It is  possible
that  Treasury Rates may be higher  at the time of surrender  than at the time a
Sub-Account is established; therefore the amount  you would receive upon a  full
or  partial surrender  of your  Contract may  be less  than the  portion of your
Annuity Deposit  allocated  to  each  Sub-Account  plus  any  interest  credited
thereon.  If such Treasury Rates are lower at  the time of surrender than at the
time a Sub-Account is established, the amount  you would receive upon a full  or
partial surrender may be more than the portion of your Annuity Deposit allocated
to  each  Sub-Account plus  any interest  credited  thereon. (See  "Market Value
Adjustment").
 
    Partial or  full surrenders  are  generally taxable,  and  may also  may  be
subject to a 10% penalty tax under the Internal Revenue Code (See the discussion
on  page  ). We may defer payment of  any full or partial surrender for a period
not exceeding 6 months from the date of our receipt of your notice of  surrender
or the period permitted by state insurance law, if less.
 
   
    On  the Annuity Commencement  Date specified by you,  Protective will make a
lump-sum payment or  start to  pay a  series of  payments based  on the  Annuity
Option  selected  by  you. Any  applicable  Surrender Charges  and  Market Value
Adjustment will be deducted  upon the application of  your Net Account Value  to
purchase an Annuity on the Annuity Commencement Date. To elect an Annuity Option
you  must notify us of the Annuity Option you are electing, 30 days prior to the
Annuity Commencement Date. (See "Annuity Benefits").
    
 
    This Contract provides for a Death  Benefit. If any Participant dies  before
the   Annuity  Commencement  Date  a  Death  Benefit  will  be  payable  to  the
Beneficiary. If  no Beneficiary  designation is  in  effect or  if there  is  no
designated  Beneficiary living, the Death Benefit will  be paid to the estate of
the deceased Participant. If any Participant is not an individual, the death  or
change of Annuitant will be treated as the death of a Participant.
 
   
    The  Death  Benefit will  generally equal  the greater  of: (1)  the Account
Value, less applicable Premium  Taxes; or (2) the  Net Account Value. The  Death
Benefit  is calculated  as of  the date due  proof of  death is  received by the
Company. If a claim is received six (6) months or more after the date of  death,
however,  the Death Benefit will equal the Net Account Value. If any Participant
of this Contract is not a natural person, upon the change of the Annuitant,  the
Death  Benefit  will equal  the Net  Account  Value. Only  one Death  Benefit is
payable under this  Contract, even  though the  Contract may  continue beyond  a
Participant's death.
    
 
    The  Death Benefit may be  paid in one sum. In  all events, the entire Death
Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon, must be distributed within five
years of the  date of  death unless:  (a) it  is payable  over the  life of  the
Beneficiary  with distributions beginning within one  year of the date of death;
or (b) it is payable over a  period not extending beyond the life expectancy  of
the  Beneficiary with  distributions beginning  within one  year of  the date of
death; or (c) the deceased Participant's spouse is the Beneficiary and, in  lieu
of  receiving  the Death  Benefit, continues  the Contract  and becomes  the new
Participant.
 
    If the deceased Participant's spouse continues the Contract and becomes  the
new  Participant, upon such spouse's death,  a Death Benefit will become payable
to the new Beneficiary (determined at the time of the spouse's death). The Death
Benefit, including any interest accrued thereon must be distributed within  five
years of the spouse's death.
<PAGE>
    Under any Contract subject to Premium Tax, the Premium Tax will be deducted,
as  provided under applicable law, from  the Annuity Deposit when received, upon
full or partial surrender, from the amount  applied to effect an Annuity at  the
time Annuity payments commence, or from the Death Benefit.
 
    We  will  furnish you  with a  report annually  showing your  Account Value,
Sub-Account Values  and  interest credited.  The  report will  not  include  our
financial statements.
 
    You  may cancel your Contract within  twenty days after receipt by returning
or mailing it to us or our Agent.  We will refund your Annuity Deposit, and  the
Contract will be as though it had never been issued.
 
    CONTRACTS  PURCHASED PRIOR TO MAY 1,  1996, PROVIDE RIGHTS AND BENEFITS, AND
MAY IMPOSE  SURRENDER CHARGES  AND A  MARKET VALUE  ADJUSTMENT, THAT  DIFFER  IN
CERTAIN  IMPORTANT RESPECTS FROM THE RIGHTS, BENEFITS, CHARGES, AND MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT DESCRIBED BELOW. A PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER CONTRACT. IN
ADDITION, IF YOU PURCHASED YOUR  CONTRACT PRIOR TO MAY 1,  1996 BUT ON OR  AFTER
SEPTEMBER  10, 1991, YOU  SHOULD CONSULT APPENDIX  B TO THIS  PROSPECTUS. IF YOU
PURCHASED YOUR CONTRACT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 10, 1991, YOU SHOULD CONSULT APPENDIX
C TO THIS PROSPECTUS. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS REGARDING YOUR CONTRACT, CONTACT OUR
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                ---
<S>  <C>  <C>  <C>                                                                                              <C>
GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS.....................................................................................    1
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTS......................................................................................    3
A.        General.............................................................................................    3
B.        Application Information, Annuity Deposit............................................................    3
C.        Initial and Subsequent Guaranteed Periods...........................................................    4
D.        Establishment of Guaranteed Interest Rates..........................................................    6
E.        Surrenders..........................................................................................    7
      1.   Surrender Charges..................................................................................    7
      2.   Market Value Adjustment............................................................................    8
      3.   Interest Withdrawals...............................................................................    9
F.        Premium Taxes.......................................................................................    9
G.        Death Benefit.......................................................................................    9
H.        Annuity Benefits....................................................................................   10
      1.   Electing the Annuity Commencement Date and Form of Annuity.........................................   10
      2.   Change of Annuity Commencement Date, Annuity Option, or Annuitant..................................   11
      3.   Annuity Options....................................................................................   11
      4.   Annuity Payment....................................................................................   11
      5.   Death of Annuitant or Participant After Annuity Commencement Date..................................   12
INVESTMENTS BY PROTECTIVE.....................................................................................   12
OTHER PROVISIONS..............................................................................................   13
A.        Contract Transactions...............................................................................   13
B.        Amendment of Contracts..............................................................................   14
C.        Assignment of Contracts.............................................................................   14
DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS.....................................................................................   14
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS...........................................................................................   14
A.        Introduction........................................................................................   14
B.        The Company's Tax Status............................................................................   14
C.        Taxation of Annuities in General --.................................................................   15
      1.   Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period............................................................   15
      2.   Taxation of Partial and Full Withdrawals...........................................................   15
      3.   Taxation of Annuity Payments.......................................................................   16
      4.   Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds.................................................................   16
      5.   Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions.............................................................   16
      6.   Aggregation of Contracts...........................................................................   17
D.   Qualified Retirement Plans...............................................................................   17
      1.   In General.........................................................................................   17
           a.  Individual Retirement Annuities................................................................   17
           b.  Simplified Employee Pensions (SEP-IRAs)........................................................   17
           c.  Corporate and Self-Employed ("H.R. 10" and "Keogh") Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans...........   18
           d.  Tax-Sheltered Annuities........................................................................   18
           e.  Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations........   18
      2.   Direct Rollover Rules..............................................................................   18
E.   Federal Income Tax Withholding...........................................................................   19
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                ---
<S>  <C>  <C>  <C>                                                                                              <C>
PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY.............................................................................   20
A.        Business............................................................................................   20
B.        Selected Financial Data.............................................................................   23
C.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...............   24
      1.   Results of Operations..............................................................................   24
           a.  Premiums and Policy Fees.......................................................................   24
           b.  Net Investment Income..........................................................................   25
           c.  Realized Investment Gains (Losses).............................................................   25
           d.  Other Income...................................................................................   26
           e.  Income Before Income Tax.......................................................................   26
           f.  Income Tax Expense.............................................................................   28
           g.  Net Income.....................................................................................   28
           h.  Known Trends and Uncertainties.................................................................   28
           i.  Recently Issued Accounting Standards...........................................................   30
      2.   Liquidity and Capital Resources....................................................................   31
      3.   Impact of Inflation................................................................................   33
D.        Insurance in Force..................................................................................   34
E.        Underwriting........................................................................................   35
F.        Investments.........................................................................................   35
G.        Indemnity Reinsurance...............................................................................   39
H.        Policy Liabilities and Accruals.....................................................................   40
I.        Federal Income Tax Consequences.....................................................................   40
J.        Competition.........................................................................................   40
K.        Regulation..........................................................................................   41
L.        Recent Developments.................................................................................   43
M.        Employees...........................................................................................   43
N.        Properties..........................................................................................   43
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS..............................................................................   44
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION........................................................................................   45
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS..........................................................................................   53
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.............................................................................................   54
EXPERTS.......................................................................................................   54
LEGAL MATTERS.................................................................................................   54
REGISTRATION STATEMENT........................................................................................   54
APPENDIX A....................................................................................................  A-1
APPENDIX B....................................................................................................  B-1
APPENDIX C....................................................................................................  C-1
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................................................................................  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED  IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION  WITH
THE  OFFER CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,  IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR REPRESENTATION  MUST  NOT  BE  RELIED ON  AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED.  THIS
PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER OF,  OR SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER TO
ACQUIRE, ANY CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS IN ANY JURISDICTION TO  ANYONE
TO  WHOM  IT  IS  UNLAWFUL  TO  MAKE  SUCH  AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION  IN SUCH
JURISDICTION.
<PAGE>
                           GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS
 
    "We",  "Us",  "Our", "Protective",  and "Company"  refer to  Protective Life
Insurance Company. With respect to a Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract,
"You", "Your", and  "Participant" refer  to a person/persons  who has/have  been
issued  a Certificate. With respect to an Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity
Contract, "You", "Your", and "Participant" refer to a person who has been issued
a Contract. The  Group Modified  Guaranteed Annuity  Contract, Certificate,  and
Individual  Modified  Guaranteed Annuity  Contract  are hereinafter  referred to
collectively as "Contract".
 
DEFINITIONS
 
    ACCOUNT VALUE -- The sum of all Sub-Account Values.
 
    ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE -- 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.
 
    ANNUITANT -- Annuity payments may depend  upon the continuation of the  life
of a person. That person is called an Annuitant and is named in the Certificate.
If  an Annuitant is not a Participant and dies prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date, the Participant first named on the Application will become the  Annuitant,
unless  the Participant designates  otherwise. The Annuitant  is the "Payee" for
the purposes of the Annuity Table.
 
    ANNUITY -- A series of predetermined periodic payments.
 
    ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- The date on which annuity payments begin.
 
    ANNUITY DEPOSIT(S) -- Annuity Deposits  (less Premium Taxes, if  applicable)
made  and allocated to  the Guaranteed Period(s) you  select under the Contract.
Each Annuity Deposit and each allocation to a Guaranteed Period must be at least
$10,000. We reserve the right to limit the amount of your Annuity Deposits. Only
one Contract will  be issued regardless  of the number  of Annuity Deposits  you
make.
 
    BENEFICIARY  --  The  person  entitled to  receive  the  benefits  under the
Contract, if any, upon the death of any Participant.
 
      PRIMARY --  The  person named  to  receive  the death  benefits  upon  any
    Participant's  death.  Upon  the  death of  any  Participant,  the surviving
    Participant, if any, will become the Primary Beneficiary.
 
      CONTINGENT --  The person  named  to receive  the  death benefits  if  the
    Primary  Beneficiary is not living at the  time of a Participant's death. If
    no Beneficiary designation is  in effect or if  no Beneficiary is living  at
    the  time of a  Participant's death, the estate  of the deceased Participant
    will be the Beneficiary.
 
      IRREVOCABLE -- An irrevocable Beneficiary  is one whose consent is  needed
    to  change the Beneficiary designation, or  to exercise certain other rights
    under the Contract.
 
    CERTIFICATE --  The  individual  Certificate  issued by  the  Company  to  a
Participant  or to the Contract Holder  for delivery to the Participant together
with any endorsements attached, and the application information. The Certificate
summarizes the provisions of the Contract and evidences that an Annuity  Deposit
has been made by or on behalf of a Participant under the Contract.
 
    CERTIFICATE  DATE OR CONTRACT DATE -- The  date shown on the Certificate and
on which the Certificate takes  effect. The Contract Date  is the date shown  on
the  Contract and  on which  the Contract  takes effect.  "Certificate Years" or
"Contract Years" are measured from the Certificate Date or Contract Date.
 
    COMPANY -- Protective Life Insurance Company.
 
    CONTRACT -- The  Certificate evidencing  an interest in  the Group  Modified
Guaranteed  Annuity Contract as  set forth in this  Prospectus together with any
endorsements attached, and the application
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
information. Also, any  reference in  this Prospectus to  Contract includes  the
underlying  Group  Modified  Guaranteed  Annuity  Contract  and  the  Individual
Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract issued in certain states.
 
    GUARANTEED PERIOD -- The  period for which either  an Initial or  Subsequent
Guaranteed  Interest Rate  will be credited  to a Sub-Account  under a Contract.
Guaranteed Periods will be designated as being either "Initial" or "Subsequent".
 
    INITIAL GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE -- For each Annuity Deposit, the  effective
rate  of interest, calculated after daily compounding of interest has been taken
into  account,  which  is  used  in  determining  the  interest  credited  to  a
Sub-Account  during the Initial Guaranteed Period. The rate(s) applicable to the
original Annuity Deposit is specified in each Contract.
 
    MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT -- The adjustment made to a Sub-Account Value when a
full or  partial surrender  is  requested prior  to the  end  of an  Initial  or
Subsequent Guaranteed Period.
 
    NET ACCOUNT VALUE -- The sum of all Net Sub-Account Values.
 
    NET  SUB-ACCOUNT VALUE  -- The  Sub-Account Value  after application  of the
Market Value Adjustment and deductions for any Surrender Charges and  applicable
Premium Taxes.
 
    PARTICIPANT  --  The  person(s)  eligible  to  participate  pursuant  to the
eligibility requirements set forth in the Contract and for whom the Company  has
received an Annuity Deposit.
 
    QUALIFIED  PLAN --  Retirement plans  which receive  favorable tax treatment
under sections 401, 403, 408,  or 457 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended.
 
    SUB-ACCOUNT  --  Each  Annuity Deposit  will  be  allocated to  one  or more
Sub-Accounts as directed by the Participant. Each Sub-Account will correspond to
a specified Guaranteed Period and Guaranteed Interest Rate.
 
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- The amount equal to that part of each Annuity  Deposit
allocated  by a Participant to a Sub-Account(s),  or any amount transferred to a
Sub-Account(s) at  the end  of a  Guaranteed Period  increased by  all  interest
credited  and decreased  by amounts due  to previous full  or partial surrenders
(including Surrender  Charges,  Market  Value  Adjustments,  and  Premium  Taxes
thereon)  and  previous  interest  withdrawals. The  Sub-Account  Value  of each
Sub-Account under this Certificate must be $10,000 at all times.
 
    SUBSEQUENT GUARANTEED  INTEREST  RATE --  The  effective rate  of  interest,
calculated  after daily  compounding of  interest has  been taken  into account,
which is  established by  Protective for  any applicable  Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period.
 
    SURRENDER  CHARGE -- A Surrender Charge, if applicable, is deducted from any
Sub-Account Value from which a  full or partial surrender  is made prior to  the
end of an Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period. A Surrender Charge will apply
during  the first  seven years  of each  Initial and  each Subsequent Guaranteed
Period. The Surrender Charge is equal to a specified Surrender Charge Percentage
(maximum 6%) applied to the amount  of each full or partial surrender  requested
less any amount available under Interest Withdrawals.
 
    SURRENDER DATE -- The date Protective receives the request for a surrender.
 
    SURRENDER VALUE -- The amount available for a full or partial surrender.
 
    WRITING  -- A  written form  satisfactory to  the Company  and filed  at the
Administrative Office of the Company in Birmingham, Alabama. All  correspondence
should be sent to P. O. Box 2606, Birmingham, Alabama 35202.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACTS
 
A.  GENERAL
 
    The  Contract  is  a group  allocated  contract pursuant  to  which specific
accounts are maintained for each Participant. The Contract may be issued to  any
employer, entity or other organized group acceptable to Protective. The Contract
may  be  issued  in  connection with  either  Qualified  or  Nonqualified Plans.
Qualified Plans  include "H.R.  10" plans,  Individual Retirement  Annuities  or
Accounts,  corporate pension  and profit-sharing  plans, Tax-Sheltered Annuities
and Section 457 Deferred Compensation  Plans. An Individual Modified  Guaranteed
Annuity Contract is offered in certain states.
 
    An eligible member of a group to which a Contract has been issued may become
a Participant by completing application information and forwarding payment of an
Annuity  Deposit to  us. Protective  reserves the right  to accept  or decline a
request to issue a Contract.  The rights and benefits  of a Participant under  a
Contract  are summarized in a Certificate  issued to the Participant. Provisions
of the Contract are controlling. All  such rights and benefits may be  exercised
without  the consent of the Contract Holder.  However, provisions of any plan in
connection with  which the  Contract has  been issued  may restrict  a  person's
eligibility  to participate under the Contract, the minimum or maximum amount of
the Annuity Deposit, and the Participant's ability to exercise the rights and/or
receive the benefits provided under the Contract.
 
   
    Contracts will be  issued to Protective  Financial Insurance Trust  (AmSouth
Bank,  Birmingham, Alabama, Trustee) as Contract Holder for a group comprised of
account holders of  broker-dealers, employers, or  other entities and  organized
groups. Participation under these groups is not permissible in some states. Only
a  group contract is offered for sale  in the State of California. An Individual
Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract  may be available  in certain states  where
participation under this group is not permitted.
    
 
    Each  Annuity  Deposit(s)  (less  Premium  Taxes,  if  applicable)  will  be
allocated at your  direction to one  or more Sub-Accounts  corresponding to  the
Guaranteed  Periods chosen  by you.  Each Annuity  Deposit will  accumulate at a
specified Guaranteed Interest Rate. Your Account Value is the sum of all of your
Sub-Account Values. Each Sub-Account Value is equal to the amount you  allocated
to  the Sub-Account (either as an Annuity Deposit  or as part of a transfer of a
Sub-Account Value  at the  end  of the  previous  Guaranteed Period),  plus  the
interest  credited thereto at the Guaranteed  Interest Rate, as adjusted for any
full or  partial  surrenders  (including  Market  Value  Adjustments,  Surrender
Charges,  Premium Taxes thereon  and previous interest  withdrawals). We quote a
Guaranteed Interest Rate for each  Guaranteed Period currently being offered  by
the Company.
 
    CONTRACTS  PURCHASED PRIOR TO MAY 1,  1996, PROVIDE RIGHTS AND BENEFITS, AND
MAY IMPOSE  SURRENDER CHARGES  AND A  MARKET VALUE  ADJUSTMENT, THAT  DIFFER  IN
CERTAIN  IMPORTANT RESPECTS FROM THE RIGHTS, BENEFITS, CHARGES, AND MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT DESCRIBED BELOW. A PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER CONTRACT. IN
ADDITION, IF YOU PURCHASED YOUR  CONTRACT PRIOR TO MAY 1,  1996 BUT ON OR  AFTER
SEPTEMBER  10, 1991, YOU  SHOULD CONSULT APPENDIX  B TO THIS  PROSPECTUS. IF YOU
PURCHASED YOUR CONTRACT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 10, 1991, YOU SHOULD CONSULT APPENDIX
C TO THIS PROSPECTUS. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS REGARDING YOUR CONTRACT, CONTACT OUR
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE.
 
B.  APPLICATION INFORMATION, ANNUITY DEPOSIT
 
    To apply  for a  Contract,  an Annuity  Deposit must  accompany  application
information  provided  to Protective.  The minimum  Annuity Deposit  is $10,000.
Protective retains the right to limit the total amount
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
of Annuity Deposit(s) that can be made, without Administrative Office  approval.
This amount currently is $1,000,000.
 
    You  will start  earning interest  on the day  your Contract  is issued. The
effective date of your Contract will be the date we receive your Annuity Deposit
at our Administrative Office.
 
    Additional Annuity Deposit(s) can be made to the Contract. Regardless of the
number of Annuity Deposit(s) made, only one Contract will be issued.
 
C.  INITIAL AND SUBSEQUENT GUARANTEED PERIODS
 
   
    You may  select the  duration of  the Guaranteed  Periods for  each  Annuity
Deposit from among those durations offered by us at the time the Annuity Deposit
is made. Not all Guaranteed Periods are available in all states. You may contact
our  Administrative Office for  the Guaranteed Periods  currently being offered.
The Guaranteed Period(s)  you select for  each of your  Annuity Deposit(s)  will
determine  the  Initial  Guaranteed  Interest Rate  applicable  to  each Annuity
Deposit. We  will  establish  a  Sub-Account  corresponding  to  each  specified
Guaranteed  Interest Rate  and Guaranteed  Period. The  minimum allocation  to a
Sub-Account is  $10,000. The  Sub-Account  will earn  interest at  this  Initial
Guaranteed  Interest Rate which  will be an  effective rate per  year during the
entire Initial Guaranteed Period after taking into account daily compounding  of
interest.  Initial Annuity Deposits  of $100,000 or  more are currently credited
with an interest  rate in  excess of that  credited to  smaller Initial  Annuity
Deposits.  In addition,  if your account  value exceeds  $100,000 all subsequent
Annuity Deposits and renewals will be credited with the increased interest rate.
Protective Life  reserves  the right  to  change or  discontinue  crediting  the
increased interest rate for future Annuity Deposits at its discretion.
    
 
    Set  forth below is an illustration of how interest will be credited to your
Account Value during each Guaranteed Period. For the purpose of this example  we
have made the assumptions as indicated.
 
NOTE:  THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLE ASSUMES NO  SURRENDERS OR WITHDRAWALS OF ANY AMOUNT
AND NO PREMIUM  TAX DUE  ON ISSUANCE. A  MARKET VALUE  ADJUSTMENT AND  SURRENDER
CHARGE  MAY APPLY TO ANY SUCH PARTIAL OR FULL SURRENDER MADE PRIOR TO THE END OF
A GUARANTEED  PERIOD (SEE  "SURRENDERS"). THE  HYPOTHETICAL INTEREST  RATES  ARE
ILLUSTRATIVE  ONLY AND ARE NOT  INTENDED TO PREDICT FUTURE  INTEREST RATES TO BE
DECLARED UNDER  THE  CONTRACT. ACTUAL  INTEREST  RATES DECLARED  FOR  ANY  GIVEN
GUARANTEED PERIOD MAY BE MORE OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
             EXAMPLE OF COMPOUNDING AT THE GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
Deposit:                                         $100,000.00
Guaranteed Period:                                  5 years
Guaranteed Interest Rate:                             6.00%
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR 1         YEAR 2         YEAR 3         YEAR 4         YEAR 5
                                                -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Beginning of Year 1 Account Value:              $  100,000.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                      1.06
  = End of Year 1 Account Value:                $  106,000.00
Beginning of Year 2 Account Value:                             $  106,000.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                                     1.06
  = End of Year 2 Account Value:                               $  112,360.00
Beginning of Year 3 Account Value:                                            $  112,360.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                                                    1.06
  = End of Year 3 Account Value:                                              $  119,101.60
Beginning of Year 4 Account Value:                                                           $  119,101.60
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                                                                   1.06
  = End of Year 4 Account Value:                                                             $  126,247.70
Beginning of Year 5 Account Value:                                                                          $  126,247.70
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                                                                                  1.06
  = End of Year 5 Account Value:                                                                            $  133,822.56
</TABLE>
 
    Total Interest Credited in Guaranteed Period:    $133,822.56 - $100,000.00 =
    $33,822.56
 
    Account Value at End of Guaranteed Period:    $100,000.00 + $33,822.56 =
    $133,822.56
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    Unless  you  elect to  make a  full surrender  (see "Surrenders"),  for each
Sub-Account a Subsequent  Guaranteed Period will  automatically commence at  the
end  of the Initial  or Subsequent Guaranteed Period  for each Sub-Account. Upon
notice to us, Sub-Account  Values can be transferred  from one Sub-Account to  a
new  Sub-Account  at the  end of  a Guaranteed  Period. You  may not  transfer a
Sub-Account Value to any other Sub-Account(s)  prior to the end of the  existing
Sub-Account's  Guaranteed Period. The amount  remaining in the Sub-Account after
transfer must be at  least $10,000. Unless you  elect a different duration  from
among those then offered by us within twenty days prior to or ten days after the
end  of the  Guaranteed Period,  your Sub-Account  Values will  be automatically
transferred to a Subsequent Guaranteed Period of either (i) the same duration as
your previous Guaranteed  Period if  then offered by  us; or  (ii) the  shortest
duration  then  offered by  us which  is closest  to the  same duration  as your
previous Guaranteed Period.  If you  elect a  different duration,  a minimum  of
$10,000  must be transferred to the Sub-Account with the different duration, and
the amount remaining in the Sub-Account with the same duration must be at  least
$10,000, or $0.
 
    In  no event may Initial or  Subsequent Guaranteed Periods extend beyond the
Annuity Commencement  Date  then  in  effect, which  cannot  extend  beyond  the
Annuitant's  85th  birthday (or  a  date agreed  upon  by us).  Any  request for
extension of the maximum Annuity Commencement Date must be approved by the  Home
Office.  For  example, if  you  are age  62 upon  the  expiration of  an Initial
Guaranteed Period for a Sub-Account, and you  have chosen age 65 as the  Annuity
Commencement  Date,  we  will  automatically  provide  a  three  year Subsequent
Guaranteed Period for that  Sub-Account to equal the  number of years  remaining
before  your Annuity Commencement  Date (unless a  shorter Subsequent Guaranteed
Period is requested or is determined  in accordance with the guidelines  above).
Your  Sub-Account Value  will then  earn interest  at the  Subsequent Guaranteed
Interest  Rate  which  we  have  declared  for  that  duration.  The  Subsequent
Guaranteed  Interest  Rate for  the  Subsequent Guaranteed  Period automatically
applied in  these  circumstances  may  be  higher  or  lower  than  the  Initial
Guaranteed Rate for longer durations.
 
    The  Sub-Account Value at the beginning  of any Subsequent Guaranteed Period
will be equal to  the Sub-Account Value  at the end  of the previous  Guaranteed
Period.  This Sub-Account Value will earn  interest at the Subsequent Guaranteed
Interest Rate. The minimum reinvestment of any one Sub-Account is $10,000.
 
    At your request  within 20  days prior to  or ten  days after the  end of  a
Guaranteed  Period,  we  will provide  you  with the  then  effective Subsequent
Guaranteed Interest Rate for specified Subsequent Guaranteed Periods. THE ACTUAL
SUBSEQUENT GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE WILL BE  DETERMINED AT THE BEGINNING OF  THE
SUBSEQUENT  GUARANTEED PERIOD  YOU SELECT, OR  THAT IS  DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE GUIDELINES ABOVE.
 
D.  ESTABLISHMENT OF GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES
 
    Protective has no specific formula  for determining the Guaranteed  Interest
Rates  applicable  for  different  Guaranteed Periods.  Increased  rates  may be
credited on  an initial  or subsequent  Guaranteed  Period if,  at the  time  an
initial  or additional Annuity  Deposit is made or  renewed, Account Values then
equal or exceed $100,000. Guaranteed interest rates credited to current  Account
Values  will not be changed until  renewal. The determination will be reflective
of interest rates  available on  the types  of instruments  in which  Protective
intends  to invest the proceeds attributable to the Contracts. (See "Investments
By Protective"). In addition, Protective's management may also consider  various
other  factors  in determining  current Guaranteed  Interest  Rates for  a given
period,  including  regulatory  and  tax  requirements;  sales  commissions  and
administrative  expenses  borne  by  Protective;  general  economic  trends; and
competitive   factors.   PROTECTIVE'S   MANAGEMENT    WILL   MAKE   THE    FINAL
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
DETERMINATION  AS TO GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES TO BE DECLARED. WE CANNOT PREDICT
NOR DO WE GUARANTEE FUTURE GUARANTEED INTEREST RATES.
 
E.  SURRENDERS
 
    Full surrenders  from the  Sub-Accounts may  be made  at any  time.  Partial
surrenders  may only  be made  if each remaining  Sub-Account Value  is at least
$10,000. You must specify the Sub-Accounts  from which the partial surrender  is
to  be made. If a  Sub-Account has the same Guaranteed  Period as any other Sub-
Account, the partial  surrender must come  first from the  Sub-Account with  the
shortest time remaining in the Guaranteed Period.
 
    In the case of certain Qualified Plans, Federal tax law imposes restrictions
on  the form  and manner  in which  benefits may  be paid.  For example, spousal
consent may be needed in certain instances before a distribution may be made.
 
    1.  SURRENDER CHARGES
 
    A Surrender Charge,  if applicable,  will be applied  to a  full or  partial
surrender  from a Sub-Account requested prior to the end of a Guaranteed Period.
A Surrender Charge will apply during the  first seven years of each Initial  and
each  Subsequent Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Charge is equal to a specified
Surrender Charge Percentage (set forth below) applied to the amount of each full
or partial  surrender  requested  less  any  amount  available  as  an  Interest
Withdrawal. The Surrender Charge will be deducted from the remaining Sub-Account
Value from which the full or partial surrender is made.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NUMBER OF COMPLETED YEARS       SURRENDER CHARGE
    IN A GUARANTEED PERIOD            PERCENTAGE
- -------------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                              <C>
                   0                          6%
                   1                          6%
                   2                          5%
                   3                          4%
                   4                          3%
                   5                          2%
                   6                          1%
                   7+                         0%
</TABLE>
 
   
    There  is no Surrender Charge after the first seven years of each Initial or
Subsequent Guaranteed  Periods with  a  duration greater  than seven  years.  In
addition,  for purposes of determining amounts  subject to the Surrender Charge,
we will consider surrendered  amounts first to be  Interest Withdrawals, to  the
extent interest credited to your Sub-Accounts during the prior Contract Year has
not  yet been  withdrawn. No  Surrender Charge  (or Market  Value Adjustment) is
imposed on these Interest Withdrawal amounts. (See "Interest Withdrawals").
    
 
    Surrender Charges and  Market Value Adjustments  will not apply  to full  or
partial surrenders made from Sub-Accounts at the end of an Initial or Subsequent
Guaranteed  Period. The Surrender Value will equal the Sub-Account Value on this
date. A  request  for  a surrender  at  the  end of  an  Initial  or  Subsequent
Guaranteed  Period must  be received in  a form acceptable  to Protective within
twenty days prior to  or ten days  after the end of  such Initial or  Subsequent
Guaranteed Period.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    If the date we receive your request for a full or partial surrender is prior
to  the end of an  Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed  Period, the Surrender Value
will be calculated as of the Surrender  Date by the Company using the  following
formula:
 
                   SURRENDER VALUE = (A - S - M - P), WHERE:
 
<TABLE>
<C>    <C>    <S>
  A      =    the amount of the full or partial surrender;
  S      =    the amount of Surrender Charge;
  M      =    the amount of the Market Value Adjustment; and
  P      =    the amount of applicable Premium Taxes;
</TABLE>
 
    Protective will, upon the date of receipt of your request, inform you of the
amounts available for full or partial surrenders.
 
    Any full or partial surrender may be subject to Federal and state income tax
(see  "Federal  Tax Matters").  and, in  some cases,  Premium Tax  (See "Premium
Taxes"). Under  certain Qualified  Plans,  the consent  of  your spouse  may  be
required.    Under   Tax-Sheltered   Annuities   withdrawals   attributable   to
contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement may be made only  in
limited circumstances.
 
   
    Any  applicable  Surrender Charges  and a  Market  Value Adjustment  will be
deducted upon the application of your  Net Account Value to purchase an  Annuity
on  the Annuity Commencement Date. To elect an Annuity Option you must notify us
in writing within 30 days prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
    
 
    We may defer  payment of  any full  or partial  surrender for  a period  not
exceeding  6 months from the date of our  receipt of your notice of surrender or
the period permitted by state insurance law, if less.
 
    2.  MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
   
    The amount payable on a full or  partial surrender made prior to the end  of
any  Guaranteed Period  will be adjusted  up or  down by the  application of the
Market Value Adjustment formula.  Such a Market Value  Adjustment is applied  to
the Sub-Account Value. For purposes of determining amounts subject to the Market
Value  Adjustment, we  will consider  surrendered amounts  first to  be Interest
Withdrawals, to the  extent interest  credited to your  Sub-Accounts during  the
prior  Contract Year has not yet been  withdrawn. No Market Value Adjustment (or
Surrender  Charge)  is  imposed  on  these  Interest  Withdrawal  amounts.  (See
"Interest Withdrawals").
    
 
   
    In  the case of either  a full or partial  surrender from a Sub-Account, the
Market Value Adjustment reflects the relationship between (i) the Treasury  Rate
currently  established (at the time  of full or partial  surrender) for the same
term as the Guaranteed Period from which you request the surrender, and (ii) the
Treasury Rate  initially established  (at  the time  the Guaranteed  Period  was
established)  for the Guaranteed  Period from which  you make a  full or partial
surrender. The Treasury Rate is the  annual effective interest rate credited  to
United  States  Treasury instruments,  as published  by a  nationally recognized
service. On the fifteenth day and the  last day of each month, the Company  will
identify  a Treasury  Rate for  each Guaranteed Period.  The method  used by the
Company to determine the Treasury Rates under this Contract shall be  consistent
and is binding upon any Participant, Annuitant and Beneficiary.
    
 
    The  Market Value Adjustment formula includes a set percentage factor (.25%)
designed to  compensate Protective  Life for  certain expenses  and losses  that
might be incurred as a direct or indirect result or consequence of surrenders.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    THE  EFFECT OF THE MARKET  VALUE ADJUSTMENT WILL BE  RELATED TO THE LEVEL OF
TREASURY  RATES  ESTABLISHED  FOR  THE  GUARANTEED  PERIODS.  IT  IS   POSSIBLE,
THEREFORE,  THAT, SHOULD TREASURY RATES BE HIGHER (OR UP TO .25% LOWER) WHEN THE
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT IS APPLIED THAN  FROM THE TIME YOU ALLOCATED AMOUNTS  TO
THE  AFFECTED SUB-ACCOUNT,  THE EFFECT OF  THE MARKET  VALUE ADJUSTMENT, COUPLED
WITH THE APPLICATION OF THE SURRENDER CHARGE AND/OR PREMIUM TAXES, COULD  RESULT
IN  THE AMOUNT  YOU RECEIVE  BEING LESS THAN  THE AMOUNT  ALLOCATED. IF TREASURY
RATES ARE MORE THAN .25% LOWER WHEN THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT IS APPLIED  THAN
AT THE TIME YOU ALLOCATED AMOUNTS TO THE AFFECTED SUB-ACCOUNT, THE EFFECT OF THE
MARKET  VALUE ADJUSTMENT, COUPLED  WITH THE APPLICATION  OF THE SURRENDER CHARGE
AND/OR PREMIUM TAXES, COULD RESULT IN THE AMOUNT YOU RECEIVE BEING MORE THAN THE
AMOUNT ALLOCATED. HOWEVER,  IN ORDER  FOR THERE TO  BE A  POSITIVE MARKET  VALUE
ADJUSTMENT,  THE TREASURY  RATE MUST HAVE  DECREASED SUFFICIENTLY  TO OFFSET THE
PERCENTAGE FACTOR (.25%) DESCRIBED ABOVE.
 
    The formula for calculating the Market Value Adjustment is as follows:
 
      MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE = (C - I + 0.25%) X (N/12) WHERE:
 
    C =  the  Treasury Rate  currently  established for  the  same term  as  the
    Guaranteed Period from which the surrender is being made;
 
    I  = the Treasury Rate initially  established for the Guaranteed Period from
    which the surrender is being made;
 
    N = The number of months remaining  in the Guaranteed Period from which  the
    surrender is being made.
 
    Please  refer to Appendix A to this Prospectus, which contains an example of
the application of the  Market Value Adjustment Percentage  as it is applied  to
the amount of each full or partial surrender requested.
 
    3.  INTEREST WITHDRAWALS
 
   
    Once  each Contract Year, we will send you  all or a portion of the interest
that has been credited to your  Sub-Accounts during the prior Contract Year  (to
the extent not previously withdrawn or considered part of a surrender) if you so
request in a form acceptable to Protective. For most Guaranteed Periods, you may
elect   to   receive   automatic   Interest   Withdrawals   monthly,  quarterly,
semi-annually or annually. Options other than annual may total less than  annual
withdrawals  because of the  interruption of compounding. Upon  notice to you we
reserve the  right to  limit such  withdrawals  to once  per contract  year.  No
Surrender  Charge or Market  Value Adjustment will be  imposed on withdrawals of
such interest. Any such  withdrawal may, however, be  subject to tax,  including
the 10% penalty tax under the Internal Revenue Code.
    
 
F.  PREMIUM TAXES
 
    Premium  Taxes  (including  related  retaliatory  taxes,  if  any)  will  be
deducted, if applicable. On any Contract subject to Premium Taxes, the tax  will
be  deducted, as provided  under applicable law,  either from Annuity Deposit(s)
when received,  upon full  or partial  surrenders, from  the amount  applied  to
effect  an Annuity  at the  time annuity  payments commence,  or from  the Death
Benefit. (Where  applicable, the  rate of  these taxes  currently ranges  up  to
3.50%).
 
G.  DEATH BENEFIT
 
    If  an  Annuitant  is  not  a Participant  and  dies  prior  to  the Annuity
Commencement Date, the Participant  first named on  the Application will  become
the new Annuitant unless the Participant
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
designates  otherwise. If any Participant is not  a natural person, the death or
change of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of a Participant.
 
    If any Participant dies while this Contract is in force prior to the Annuity
Commencement Date, a  Death Benefit  will be  payable to  the Beneficiary.  With
regard to joint Participants, at the first death of a joint Participant prior to
the   Annuity  Commencement  Date,   the  Beneficiary  will   be  the  surviving
Participant, if any.  If there is  no surviving Participant,  the Death  Benefit
will  be paid  to the  Beneficiary named by  the Participant.  If no Beneficiary
designation is in effect  or if there is  no designated Beneficiary living,  the
Death  Benefit will be  paid to the  estate of the  deceased Participant. In the
case of certain Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans, regulations
promulgated by  the Treasury  Department prescribe  certain limitations  on  the
designation of a Beneficiary.
 
   
    The  Death Benefit will be  determined as of the date  due proof of death is
received by the Company.  If a claim  for the Death Benefit  is received at  our
Administrative  Office before six (6) months after  the date of death, the Death
Benefit will  equal the  greater  of: (1)  the  Account Value,  less  applicable
Premium  Taxes; or  (2) the Net  Account Value. If  a claim is  received six (6)
months or more after  the date of  death, the Death Benefit  will equal the  Net
Account  Value. If any Participant  is not a natural  person, upon the change of
the Annuitant, the  Death Benefit  will equal the  Net Account  Value. Only  one
Death  Benefit  is payable  under this  Contract, even  though the  Contract may
continue beyond an Participant's death.
    
 
    The Death Benefit may be taken in  one sum immediately or in all events  the
entire   Death  Benefit,  including  any   interest  accrued  thereon,  must  be
distributed within five years  of the date  of death unless:  (a) it is  payable
over the life of the Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one year of
the  date of death; or (b) it is  payable over a period not extending beyond the
life expectancy of the Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one  year
of  the  date  of  death;  or  (c)  the  deceased  Participant's  spouse  is the
Beneficiary and, in lieu of receiving the Death Benefit, continues the  Contract
and becomes the new Participant.
 
    If  the deceased Participant's spouse continues the Contract and becomes the
new Participant, upon such spouse's death,  a Death Benefit will become  payable
to the new Beneficiary (determined at the time of the spouse's death). The Death
Benefit,  including any interest accrued thereon must be distributed within five
years of the spouse's death.
 
H.  ANNUITY BENEFITS
 
    1.  ELECTING THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE AND FORM OF ANNUITY
 
    Upon purchasing a  Contract, you  select an Annuity  Commencement Date.  The
Annuity  Commencement  Date  selected:  (1)  cannot be  before  the  end  of any
Guaranteed Period; and (2) must be on or before the Annuitant's 85th birthday or
the date shown in the Contract. Any request for extension of the maximum Annuity
Commencement Date must be approved by  the Administrative Office. You may  elect
to  have all  of your  Net Account  Value or  a portion  thereof applied  on the
Annuity Commencement Date under any of  the Annuity Options described below.  In
the  absence  of  such  election  if  the  Annuitant  is  alive  on  the Annuity
Commencement Date,  the  Net  Account  Value will  be  applied  on  the  Annuity
Commencement  Date  under  Option 2-Life  Income  with  Payments for  a  10 Year
Guaranteed Period.
 
    (For Contracts  issued  in  connection with  certain  Qualified  Plans,  the
Annuity  Commencement Date may not  be later than April 1  of the year after the
year in which the Annuitant attains age 70 1/2).
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    2.  CHANGE OF ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE, ANNUITY OPTION OR ANNUITANT
 
    You may change the Annuity Commencement Date and/or the Annuity Option  from
time  to time, but  any such change must  be made in Writing  and received by us
within 30 days prior to the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date. You may  change
the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date provided the change is made
in  Writing  on  a form  acceptable  to us.  Once  the request  is  received and
acknowledged at our Administrative  Office, any change will  relate back to  and
take  effect  on the  date the  request was  signed.  If an  Annuitant is  not a
Participant and dies  prior to  the Annuity Commencement  Date, the  Participant
first  named on  the application becomes  the Annuitant,  unless the Participant
designates otherwise. The Annuitant is the  "Payee" for purposes of the  annuity
rates utilized by the Company.
 
    3.  ANNUITY OPTIONS
 
    Any  one  of the  following Annuity  Options may  be elected.  For Qualified
Certificates, certain restrictions apply.
 
    OPTION 1 -- PAYMENT FOR A FIXED PERIOD.  Equal monthly payments will be made
for any period of  not less than 5  nor more than 30  years. The amount of  each
payment depends on the total amount applied, the period selected and the monthly
payment rates we are using when the first payment is due.
 
    OPTION  2  -- LIFE  INCOME WITH  PAYMENTS  FOR A  GUARANTEED PERIOD.   Equal
monthly payments are  based on the  life of the  named Annuitant. Payments  will
continue  for the lifetime of that person  with payments guaranteed for 10 or 20
years. Payments stop at the  end of the selected  guaranteed period or when  the
named person dies, whichever is later.
 
    OPTION  3 -- PAYMENTS OF A FIXED AMOUNT.  Equal monthly payments will be for
an agreed fixed amount. The amount of each payment may not be less than $10  for
each  $1,000 applied. Interest will be credited each month on the unpaid balance
and added to it. This interest will be at a rate set by us, but not less than an
effective interest rate of  4% per year. Payments  continue until the amount  we
hold runs out. The last payment will be for the balance only.
 
    MINIMUM  AMOUNTS  --  We  reserve the right to pay  the Net Account Value of
this Contract in one lump sum, if less than $5,000. If monthly payments are less
than $100, we may  make payments quarterly, semi-annually,  or annually, at  our
option.
 
    The  dollar amount of  monthly payments under  each available Annuity Option
for each $1,000  applied is  calculated in  accordance with  annuity tables  set
forth  in the Contract.  These tables are  based on the  1983 Individual Annuity
Mortality Table A projected 4 years with interest at 4% per annum. One year will
be deducted from  the attained age  of the Annuitant  for every completed  three
years  beyond the year 1987. If we have available, at the time an Annuity Option
is elected, options or  rates on a more  favorable basis than those  guaranteed,
the higher benefits shall apply.
 
    4.  ANNUITY PAYMENT
 
    The  first payment under any Annuity Option will be made one month following
the Annuity Commencement Date.  Subsequent payments will  be made in  accordance
with the manner of payment selected.
 
    The  Annuity Option elected must  result in a payment  of an amount at least
equal to the  minimum payment  amount according  to Protective's  rules then  in
effect. If at any time payments are less than the
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
minimum payment amount, we have the right to change the frequency to an interval
resulting  in a payment at least equal to the minimum. If any amount due is less
than the minimum per year, we may make other arrangements that are equitable  to
the Annuitant.
 
    Once  annuity payments have  commenced, no surrender  of the annuity benefit
can be made for the purpose of receiving a lump sum settlement in lieu thereof.
 
    5.  DEATH OF ANNUITANT OR PARTICIPANT AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE
 
    If any Participant or  Annuitant dies on or  after the Annuity  Commencement
Date  and before all  the benefits under  the Annuity Option  selected have been
paid, any remaining payments  will be distributed at  least as rapidly as  under
the Annuity Option being used as of the date of death.
 
                           INVESTMENTS BY PROTECTIVE
 
    Protective's  investment  philosophy  is  to maintain  a  portfolio  that is
matched  to  its  liabilities  with  respect  to  yield,  risk,  and  cash  flow
characteristics. The types of assets in which Protective may invest are governed
by state laws which prescribe qualified investment assets. Within the parameters
of  these  laws,  Protective invests  its  assets giving  consideration  to such
factors as liquidity needs, investment  quality, investment return, matching  of
assets and liabilities, and the composition of the investment portfolio by asset
type and credit exposure. Because liquidity is important, Protective continually
balances  maturity  against yield  and quality  considerations in  selecting new
investments.
 
   
    In establishing Guaranteed Interest Rates,  Protective intends to take  into
account  the yields available on  the instruments in which  it intends to invest
the proceeds  from the  Contracts. (See  "Establishment of  Guaranteed  Interest
Rates" on page 6.) Protective's investment strategy with respect to the proceeds
attributable  to the Contracts  will be to  primarily invest in investment-grade
debt instruments having  durations tending  to match  the applicable  Guaranteed
Periods.  It is anticipated that some portion  of the portfolio will be invested
in mortgages. Protective may also invest in lower than investment-grade  issues,
depending upon relative spreads in the capital markets.
    
 
    Investment-grade  debt instruments in which Protective intends to invest the
proceeds from the Contracts include:
 
        Securities issued by  the United  States Government or  its agencies  or
    instrumentalities,  which issues may or may  not be guaranteed by the United
    States Government.
 
   
        Mortgaged-backed and corporate debt securities which have an  investment
    grade,  at the time of purchase,  within the four highest-grades assigned by
    Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc.  (Aaa,  Aa, A,  Baa),  Standard  &  Poor's
    Corporation  ("S&P") (AAA, AA, A, or BBB) or any other nationally recognized
    rating service. Protective considers bonds rated Baa or higher by Moody's or
    BBB or higher by S&P to be investment grade. At December 31, 1996, 97.5%  of
    bonds in which Protective invests were considered investment grade; 21.5% of
    these bonds were rated Baa or BBB.
    
 
    Mortgaged-backed  securities are based upon residential mortgages which have
been pooled into  securities. Mortgage-backed securities  may have greater  cash
flow  volatility as a result of the  pass-through of prepayments of principal on
the underlying loans.  Prepayments of  principal on  the underlying  residential
loans  can  be  expected to  accelerate  with  decreases in  interest  rates and
diminish with increases in interest rates.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    Debt obligations which  have a  Moody's or  Standard &  Poor's rating  below
investment-grade  may comprise a portion of the portfolio. Risks associated with
investments in less than investment-grade debt obligations may be  significantly
higher   than  risks  associated  with  investments  in  debt  securities  rated
investment-grade. Risk of  loss upon  default by the  borrower is  significantly
greater  with respect to  such debt obligations than  with other debt securities
because these obligations may be  unsecured or subordinated to other  creditors.
Additionally,  there is  often a  thinly traded  market for  such securities and
current market  quotations  are  frequently  not available  for  some  of  these
securities.  Issuers of less than investment-grade debt obligations usually have
higher levels  of  indebtedness  and  are more  sensitive  to  adverse  economic
conditions,   such   as   recession   or   increasing   interest   rates,   than
investment-grade issuers. Protective  carefully selects,  and closely  monitors,
such investments.
 
    Fixed maturity securities rated BBB may have speculative characteristics and
changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to
a  weakened capacity of the issuer to  make principal and interest payments than
is the case  with higher rated  fixed maturity securities.  Protective may  also
invest in those bank loan participations that are the most senior debt issued in
highly  leveraged transactions. They are generally  unrated by the credit rating
agencies. In selecting bank  participations for investment, Protective  requires
cash   flows,  without  asset  sales,  to   cover  all  interest  and  scheduled
amortization of the bank debt by 140%  and to cover total debt service by  110%.
The  debt is  generally secured by  most of  the tangible assets  of the issuing
company.
 
    Protective's primary mortgage lending emphasis for the past twenty years has
been on strip shopping centers located in  smaller towns and anchored by one  or
more  strong regional or  national retail stores. The  anchor tenants enter into
long-term noncancelable leases with Protective's borrowers. The centers  provide
the  basic necessities of life such  as food, pharmaceuticals, and clothing, and
are relatively insensitive  to changes in  economic conditions. Protective  also
makes  loans on credit-oriented commercial properties.  In the twenty years that
Protective has implemented its mortgage loan strategy, it has had no significant
loss of principal on mortgages it has originated. Protective carefully  selects,
and closely monitors, such investments.
 
    The  federal  government or  its  instrumentalities does  not  guarantee the
Contracts. Protective backs the guarantees associated with the Contracts.
 
    While the foregoing generally describes our investment strategy with respect
to the proceeds attributable  to the Contracts, we  are not obligated to  invest
the proceeds attributable to the Contracts according to any particular strategy,
except as may be required by the insurance laws of Tennessee and other states.
 
                                OTHER PROVISIONS
 
CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS
 
    Currently,  each request  for a  change or  transaction under  your Contract
(such as  making  an  additional  Annuity Deposit,  requesting  a  surrender  or
interest  withdrawal, selecting certain Guaranteed Periods, changing the Annuity
Commencement Date,  Annuity Option,  or  Annuitant, or  making a  death  benefit
claim)  must be made in Writing on  a form acceptable to Protective. The request
must provide all information that is necessary for Protective to make the change
or effect the transaction. For additional information on how to make a change or
effect a transaction, contact Protective at its Administrative Office.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
    We reserve  the right  to amend  the Contract  to meet  the requirements  of
applicable  Federal or state laws, regulations or rulings. We will notify you of
any such amendments.
 
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
    Your rights, as  evidenced by a  Contract, may be  assigned as permitted  by
applicable  law. An  assignment will  not be  binding upon  us until  we receive
notice from you  in Writing.  We assume no  responsibility for  the validity  or
effect  of any assignment. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax
consequences of an assignment. Generally Qualified Contracts cannot be assigned.
 
                           DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS
 
    Investment Distributors, Inc.  ("IDI") serves as  principal underwriter  for
the Contracts. IDI has agreed to use its best efforts to sell the Contracts. IDI
is  a  wholly-owned subsidiary  of Protective  Life  Corporation ("PLC")  and is
registered with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  under  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934 as  a broker-dealer  and is  a member  of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
 
   
    IDI has  entered into  Distribution Agreements  with certain  broker-dealers
registered  under the  Securities Exchange Act  of 1934.  Under the Distribution
Agreements  such  broker-dealers  may  offer  Contracts  to  persons  who   have
established  an  account  with the  broker-dealer.  In addition,  IDI  may offer
Contracts to members of  certain other eligible  groups or certain  individuals.
The  maximum commission Protective will pay for the  sale of a Contract is 7% of
each Annuity Deposit, or of transferred  Sub-Account Value at the start of  each
Subsequent Guaranteed Period.
    
 
                              FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
    The  following  discussion  of  the  federal  income  tax  treatment  of the
Contracts is not exhaustive,  does not purport to  cover all situations, and  is
not intended as tax advice. The federal income tax treatment of the Contracts is
unclear  in certain circumstances, and a  qualified tax adviser should always be
consulted with regard  to the  application of law  to individual  circumstances.
This  discussion is based on the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), Treasury regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of  this
Prospectus.  These authorities, however, are subject  to change by Congress, the
Treasury Department, and judicial decisions.
 
    This discussion does not address state or local tax consequences  associated
with  the purchase of the Contracts. In addition, THE COMPANY MAKES NO GUARANTEE
REGARDING ANY TAX TREATMENT -- FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL -- OF ANY CONTRACT OR  OF
ANY TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.
 
THE COMPANY'S TAX STATUS
 
    The  Company is taxed as a life  insurance company under Subchapter L of the
Code. The assets underlying the Contracts will be owned by the Company, and  the
income  derived from such assets will be  includible in the Company's income for
federal income tax purposes.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL
 
TAX DEFERRAL DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD
 
    Under existing provisions of the Code  (and except as described below),  the
Contracts  should be  treated as annuities  and any increase  in a Participant's
Account Value is  generally not taxable  to the Participant  or Annuitant  until
received,  either  in  the  form  of Annuity  payments  as  contemplated  by the
Contracts, or in some other form of distribution.
 
    As a  general  rule, Contracts  held  by  "non-natural persons"  such  as  a
corporation,  trust or other similar entity, as opposed to a natural person, are
not treated as annuities for federal tax purposes. The income on such  Contracts
(as  defined in  the tax law)  is taxed as  ordinary income that  is received or
accrued by the Participant during the taxable year. There are several exceptions
to this general rule for Contracts held by non-natural persons. First, Contracts
will generally be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is  a
trust or other entity which holds the Contract as an agent for a natural person.
Thus,  if a group Contract  is held by a  trust or other entity  as an agent for
Certificate owners who are individuals,  those individuals should be treated  as
owning  an annuity for federal income tax purposes. However, this exception will
not apply in the  case of any employer  who is the nominal  owner of a  Contract
under a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement for its employees.
 
    In  addition, exceptions to the general rule for non-natural Contract owners
will apply with respect to (1) Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent  by
reason  of the death  of the decedent,  (2) Contracts issued  in connection with
certain  Qualified  Plans,  (3)  Contracts  purchased  by  employers  upon   the
termination of certain Qualified Plans, (4) certain Contracts used in connection
with structured settlement agreements, and (5) Contracts purchased with a single
premium  when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of
the Contract  and  substantially equal  periodic  payments are  made,  not  less
frequently than annually, during the annuity period.
 
    In  addition to the  foregoing, if the  Contract's Annuity Commencement Date
occurs at a time when the Annuitant is at an advanced age, such as over age  85,
it  is possible  that the  Participant will be  taxable currently  on the annual
increase in the Account Value.
 
    The remainder of this discussion  assumes that the Contract will  constitute
an annuity for federal tax purposes.
 
TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS
 
    In  the  case  of  a  partial  withdrawal,  amounts  received  generally are
includible in income to  the extent the Participant's  Account Value before  the
withdrawal  exceeds his or  her "investment in  the contract." In  the case of a
full withdrawal, amounts received  are includible in income  to the extent  they
exceed  the "investment in  the contract." For these  purposes the investment in
the contract at any  time equals the  premiums paid under  the Contract (to  the
extent  such premium payments  were neither deductible  when made nor excludable
from income as, for  example, in the case  of certain employer contributions  to
Qualified  Plans) less any  amounts previously received  from the Contract which
were not included in income.
 
    Other than  in the  case  of Contracts  issued  in connection  with  certain
Qualified  Plans (which generally cannot be assigned or pledged), any assignment
or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) any portion of the Account Value is
treated as  a  withdrawal of  such  amount or  portion.  The investment  in  the
contract  is increased by the  amount includible as income  with respect to such
assignment or pledge,  though it  is not  affected by  any other  aspect of  the
assignment  or  pledge (including  its release).  If  a Participant  transfers a
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Contract without adequate consideration to a person other than the Participant's
spouse (or to  a former  spouse incident to  divorce), the  Participant will  be
taxed  on the difference between his or  her Account Value and the investment in
the contract at the time of transfer. In such case, the transferee's  investment
in  the contract will be  increased to reflect the  increase in the transferor's
income.
 
    There is  some  uncertainty regarding  the  treatment of  the  Market  Value
Adjustment  for purposes  of determining  the amount  includible in  income as a
result of any  partial withdrawal  or transfer  without adequate  consideration.
There  is legislation currently pending in Congress which would grant regulatory
authority  to  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS")  to  address   this
uncertainty.
 
TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS
 
    Normally,  the portion of each Annuity payment taxable as ordinary income is
equal to the  excess of  the payment over  the exclusion  amount. The  exclusion
amount  is the amount determined by multiplying (1) the payment by (2) the ratio
of the investment  in the contract,  adjusted for any  period certain or  refund
feature,  to the total  expected value of  Annuity payments for  the term of the
Contract (determined under Treasury Department regulations).
 
    Once the total amount  of the investment in  the contract is excluded  using
this  ratio, Annuity payments  will be fully taxable.  If Annuity payments cease
because of  the death  of  the Annuitant  and before  the  total amount  of  the
investment  in the contract is recovered,  the unrecovered amount generally will
be allowed as a deduction to the Annuitant in his last taxable year.
 
    There may  be special  income tax  issues present  in situations  where  the
Participant  and the Annuitant are  not the same person  or are not married. For
example, where the Participant and the Annuitant are not the same person and are
not married, the Participant  may be taxed on  the Annuity Commencement Date  on
the difference between the Account Value and the investment in the contract.
 
TAXATION OF DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS
 
    Amounts  may  be distributed  from  a Contract  because  of the  death  of a
Participant or  the Annuitant.  Such death  benefit proceeds  are includible  in
income  as follows: (1) if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same
manner as a full withdrawal, as described above, or (2) if distributed under  an
Annuity  Option,  they are  taxed in  the  same manner  as Annuity  payments, as
described above.
 
PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    Where a Contract has  not been issued in  connection with a Qualified  Plan,
there  generally is a 10% penalty tax on  the taxable amount of any payment from
the Contract unless  the payment is:  (a) received on  or after the  Participant
reaches  age 59 1/2;  (b) attributable to the  Participant becoming disabled (as
defined in the tax law); (c) made on or after the death of the Participant;  (d)
made  as a series of substantially  equal periodic payments (not less frequently
than annually) for the life (or life  expectancy) of the Annuitant or the  joint
lives   (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of   the  Annuitant  and  a  designated
beneficiary; or (e) made under a  Contract purchased with a single premium  when
the  Annuity Commencement  Date is  no later  than a  year from  purchase of the
Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently
than annually, during the Annuity period. (Similar rules generally apply in  the
case of Contracts issued in connection with certain Qualified Plans.)
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
AGGREGATION OF CONTRACTS
 
    In  certain circumstances,  the IRS may  determine the amount  of an Annuity
payment or  a  withdrawal  from a  Contract  that  is includible  in  income  by
combining  some or all of the annuity contracts owned by an individual which are
not issued  in  connection with  a  Qualified Plan.  For  example, if  a  person
purchases   a  Contract  offered  by  this  Prospectus  and  also  purchases  at
approximately the same  time an  immediate annuity, the  IRS may  treat the  two
contracts  as  one contract.  In addition,  if  a person  purchases two  or more
deferred annuity contracts from the  same insurance company (or its  affiliates)
during any calendar year, all such contracts will be treated as one contract for
purposes  of  determining  whether  any  payment  not  received  as  an  annuity
(including withdrawals prior to the Annuity Commencement Date) is includible  in
income.  The effects of such aggregation are not clear; however, it could affect
the time when income is taxable and the amount which might be subject to the 10%
penalty tax described above.
 
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
 
IN GENERAL
 
    The Contracts are also designed for use in connection with certain types  of
qualified  retirement plans  which receive  favorable treatment  under the Code.
Numerous special tax rules apply to  the Participants in Qualified Plans and  to
the  Contracts used  in connection  with Qualified  Plans. These  tax rules vary
according to the type of plan and  the terms and conditions of the plan  itself.
For  example, for both withdrawals and  Annuity payments under certain Contracts
issued in connection with  Qualified Plans, there may  be no "investment in  the
contract"  and the  total amount  received may  be taxable.  Also, special rules
apply to the time at which distributions must commence and the form in which the
distributions must be paid. Therefore, no  attempt is made to provide more  than
general  information  about  the use  of  Contracts  with the  various  types of
Qualified Plans.
 
    When issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, a Contract will be  amended
as  generally necessary  to conform  to the requirements  of that  type of plan.
However, Participants,  Annuitants, and  Beneficiaries  are cautioned  that  the
rights of any person to any benefits under Qualified Plans may be subject to the
terms  and  conditions of  the  plans themselves,  regardless  of the  terms and
conditions of the Contract. In addition, the Company shall not be bound by terms
and conditions  of Qualified  Plans  to the  extent  such terms  and  conditions
contradict the Contract, unless the Company consents.
 
    Following  are brief  descriptions of  various types  of Qualified  Plans in
connection with which Protective will generally issue a Contract.
 
    INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES.  Section  408 of the Code permits  eligible
individuals  to  contribute  to an  individual  retirement program  known  as an
"Individual Retirement Annuity"  or "IRA."  IRAs are  subject to  limits on  the
amounts that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible and on the time
when  distributions  may commence.  Also,  distributions from  certain Qualified
Plans may be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA.
 
    SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS (SEP-IRAS).  Section 408(k) of the Code  allows
employers  to establish simplified  employee pension plans  for their employees,
using the employees' IRAs for such purposes, if certain criteria are met.  Under
these   plans  the  employer  may,  within  specified  limits,  make  deductible
contributions on behalf of the employees to IRAs. Employers intending to use the
Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    CORPORATE  AND   SELF-EMPLOYED  ("H.R.   10"   AND  "KEOGH")   PENSION   AND
PROFIT-SHARING  PLANS.  Sections 401(a) and  403(a) of the Code permit corporate
employers to  establish  various  types  of  tax-favored  retirement  plans  for
employees.  The  Self-Employed  Individuals'  Tax  Retirement  Act  of  1962, as
amended, commonly referred  to as  "H.R. 10" or  "Keogh," permits  self-employed
individuals  also to establish such  tax-favored retirement plans for themselves
and their  employees. Such  retirement  plans may  permit  the purchase  of  the
Contract  in order to  provide benefits under the  plans. Employers intending to
use the Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.
 
    TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES.  Section 403(b)  of the Code permits public  school
employees  and  employees  of  certain  types  of  charitable,  educational  and
scientific organizations  specified in  Section 501(c)(3)  of the  Code to  have
their  employers purchase  annuity contracts  for them  and, subject  to certain
limitations, to exclude the  amount of purchase payments  from gross income  for
tax purposes. These annuity contracts are commonly referred to as "tax-sheltered
annuities."  Purchasers of the Contracts for such purposes should seek competent
advice as  to  eligibility,  limitations  on  permissible  amounts  of  purchase
payments  and  other tax  consequences  associated with  the  Contracts. Section
403(b) Policies contain  restrictions on withdrawals  of (i) contributions  made
pursuant  to a salary reduction agreement  in years beginning after December 31,
1988, (ii) earnings on those contributions, and (iii) earnings in such years  on
amounts held as of the last year beginning before January 1, 1989. These amounts
can  be paid only if the employee has reached age 59 1/2 separated from service,
died, become  disabled, or  in the  case of  hardship. Amounts  permitted to  be
distributed  in the event of hardship  shall be limited to actual contributions;
earnings thereon  shall  not  be  distributed on  account  of  hardship.  (These
limitations on withdrawals do not apply to the extent the Company is directed to
transfer  some or all of the Amount Value to the issuer of another tax-sheltered
annuity or into a Section 403(b)(7) custodial account.)
 
    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS  OF STATE  AND LOCAL  GOVERNMENT AND  TAX-EXEMPT
ORGANIZATIONS.   Section 457  of the Code  permits employees of  state and local
governments  and  tax-exempt   organizations  to  defer   a  portion  of   their
compensation without paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in
an  eligible deferred compensation plan.  To the extent the  Contract is used in
connection with an eligible plan, employees are considered general creditors  of
the employer and the employer as owner of the Contract has the sole right to the
proceeds  of the Contract. Generally,  a contract purchased by  a state or local
government or  a tax-exempt  organization  will not  be  treated as  an  annuity
contract  for federal income tax purposes. Those who intend to use the Contracts
in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.
 
DIRECT ROLLOVER RULES
 
    In the case of Contracts used in connection with a pension,  profit-sharing,
or annuity plan qualified under Sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, or in the
case  of  a  Section  403(b)  tax  sheltered  annuity,  any  "eligible  rollover
distribution" from the Contract will be subject to direct rollover and mandatory
withholding requirements.  An eligible  rollover distribution  generally is  any
taxable  distribution from a qualified pension  plan under Section 401(a) of the
Code, qualified annuity plan under Section 403(a) of the Code, or Section 403(b)
tax sheltered annuity or custodial  account, excluding certain amounts (such  as
minimum   distributions  required  under  Section  401(a)(9)  of  the  Code  and
distributions which  are  part of  a  "series of  substantially  equal  periodic
payments" made for life or a specified period of 10 years or more).
 
    Under  these  requirements, withholding  at  a rate  of  20 percent  will be
imposed on any eligible rollover  distribution. In addition, the participant  in
these qualified retirement plans cannot elect out of withholding with respect to
an eligible rollover distribution. However, this 20 percent withholding will not
apply if,
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
instead  of receiving the eligible rollover distribution, the participant elects
to have amounts directly transferred to certain qualified retirement plans (such
as to an Individual Retirement Annuity).
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
 
    The Company will withhold  and remit to  the U.S. government  a part of  the
taxable   portion  of  each  distribution  made  under  a  Contract  unless  the
distributee notifies the Company at or before the time of the distribution  that
he  or she elects  not to have  any amounts withheld.  In certain circumstances,
Protective may be required to withhold tax. The withholding rates applicable  to
the taxable portion of periodic Annuity payments are the same as the withholding
rates generally applicable to payments of wages. The withholding rate applicable
to  the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including withdrawals prior to
the Annuity Commencement Date) is 10%. As described above, the withholding  rate
applicable to eligible rollover distributions is 20%.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
A.  BUSINESS
 
   
    Protective  Life Insurance  Company ("Protective"),  a stock  life insurance
company, was founded  in 1907. Protective  is a wholly-owned  and the  principal
operating  subsidiary  of  Protective  Life  Corporation  ("PLC"),  an insurance
holding company whose  common stock  is traded on  the New  York Stock  Exchange
under  the  symbol "PL.".  Protective  provides financial  services  through the
production,  distribution,  and  administration  of  insurance  and   investment
products.  Protective  has  six  operating  divisions:  Acquisitions,  Financial
Institutions, Group,  Guaranteed  Investment  Contracts,  Individual  Life,  and
Investment Products. Protective also has an additional business segment which is
described  herein as Corporate and Other. Unless the context otherwise requires,
"Protective" refers  to  the consolidated  group  of Protective  Life  Insurance
Company and its subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    Protective  markets individual  life insurance; group  life, health, dental,
and cancer  insurance;  annuities  and  investment  products;  credit  life  and
disability  insurance;  and guaranteed  investment  contracts. Its  products are
distributed  nationally  through   independent  agents   and  brokers;   through
stockbrokers  and  financial institutions  to  their customers;  through Company
sales representatives; and  through other insurance  companies. Protective  also
seeks to acquire blocks of insurance policies from other insurers.
    
 
ACQUISITIONS DIVISION
 
    PLC   actively  seeks  to  acquire   blocks  of  insurance  policies.  These
acquisitions may be  accomplished through acquisitions  of companies or  through
the  assumption or  reinsurance of  policies. Most  acquisitions do  not include
PLC's acquisition of  an active  sales force, but  some do.  Blocks of  policies
acquired  through the Acquisitions Division are usually administered as "closed"
blocks; i.e., no new  policies are sold. Therefore,  the amount of insurance  in
force  for a  particular acquisition  is expected  to decline  with time  due to
lapses and deaths of the insureds.
 
   
    The Division focuses solely on acquiring, converting and servicing  business
acquired  from  other  companies.  PLC has  entered  into  thirty-eight separate
transactions since 1970,  including 11  since 1989. Many  of these  transactions
included  Protective. Generally, the Division focuses on transactions in the $10
million to  $50  million  range,  although the  Division  does  consider  larger
transactions.  Management believes a favorable environment for acquisitions will
likely continue into the immediate future. Insurance companies may seek to raise
capital by  selling  blocks  of policies  or  may  sell blocks  of  policies  in
conjunction  with  programs  to  narrow strategic  focus.  In  addition, smaller
companies may face difficulties in marketing  and thus may seek to be  acquired.
However,  it appears that  other companies are  entering this market; therefore,
PLC may face increased competition for future acquisitions.
    
 
   
    Several states have  enacted statutes that  decreased the attractiveness  of
assumption   reinsurance  transactions  and   increased  the  attractiveness  of
coinsurance transactions. In coinsurance transactions, the seller remains liable
with respect to  the coinsured  policies should the  buyer fail  to fulfill  its
obligations  under the coinsurance  agreement. This has  caused sellers to place
more emphasis  on the  financial  condition and  acquisition experience  of  the
purchaser.  Management believes this  favorably impacts Protective's competitive
position.
    
 
    Total revenues and income before  income tax from the Acquisitions  Division
are  expected to decline with time  unless new acquisitions are made. Therefore,
the Division's revenues and earnings  may fluctuate from year-to-year  depending
upon the level of acquisition activity.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
   
    In 1994, Protective coinsured a small block of payroll deduction policies in
the  second quarter  and coinsured  a block  of 130,000  policies in  the fourth
quarter. In the second quarter of  1995, Protective coinsured a block of  28,000
policies.  In January 1996, Protective coinsured  a block of 38,000 policies. In
December 1996, the Division acquired  Community National Assurance Company  with
16,000 policies and coinsured a related block of 22,000 policies.
    
 
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS DIVISION
 
   
    The  Financial  Institutions  Division  specializes  in  marketing insurance
products through commercial banks, savings  and loan associations, and  mortgage
bankers.  The Division markets an array of life and health products, which cover
consumer and mortgage loans  made by financial  institutions. The Division  also
markets  life  and health  products through  the  consumer finance  industry and
through automobile  dealerships. The  Division  markets through  employee  field
representatives, independent brokers, and an affiliate. The Division also offers
certain  products  through direct  mail solicitation  to customers  of financial
institutions. The demand for credit life and credit health insurance is  related
to  the general level  of loan demand.  In 1992, Protective  acquired the credit
insurance business of Durham Life  Insurance Company. The acquisition more  than
doubled the size of the Division. In 1996, the Division coinsured a closed block
of credit insurance policies.
    
 
   
    In 1995, the Division entered into a reinsurance arrangement whereby most of
the Division's new credit insurance sales are being ceded to a reinsurer. In the
second  quarter of  1995, the  Division also  ceded a  block of  older policies.
Though these reinsurance transactions will  reduce the Division's earnings,  the
Division's return on investment is expected to improve.
    
 
GROUP DIVISION
 
   
    The  Group Division  manufactures, distributes, and  services group, payroll
deduction, cancer,  and  dental  insurance products.  The  Division  is  placing
marketing  emphasis  on  dental  products  which  are  distributed  through  the
Division's existing  distribution system,  as well  as through  joint  marketing
arrangements  with independent marketing organizations and reinsurance contracts
with other  insurers.  In  addition,  the Division  has  established  a  special
marketing  unit to  sell dental  and other  products through  mail and telephone
solicitations.
    
 
   
    Approximately 80% of  the Division's sales  and 25% of  premiums and  policy
fees  (including premium equivalents)  in 1996 came from  dental products. It is
anticipated that most of  the growth in the  Division's premiums and policy  fee
income will be from dental products.
    
 
   
    The  Division offers substantially all forms of group insurance customary in
the industry, making available complete packages of life and accident and health
insurance to  employers. The  life and  accident and  health insurance  packages
offered  by  this Division  include hospital  and medical  coverages as  well as
dental and  disability  coverages. To  address  rising health  care  costs,  the
Division  provides  cost containment  services  such as  utilization  review and
catastrophic case management. The Division markets its group insurance  products
primarily  in the southeastern and southwestern United States using the services
of brokers  who  specialize  in  group products.  Group  policies  are  directed
primarily at employers and associations with between 25 and 1,000 employees. The
Division  also markets  group insurance to  small employers  through a marketing
organization affiliated with an insurer, and reinsures the business produced  by
the marketing organization. The Division receives a ceding commission from these
arrangements.  The Division  also offers  an individual  cancer insurance policy
marketed through a nationwide network of agents.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
GUARANTEED INVESTMENT CONTRACTS DIVISION
 
   
    Guaranteed investment contracts ("GICs") are  contracts, issued to a  401(k)
or other retirement savings plan, which guarantee a fixed return on deposits for
a  specified period  and often provide  flexibility for  withdrawals, in keeping
with the benefits provided by the plan. Protective also offers related  products
through  this Division  including fixed  rate contracts  offered to  trustees of
municipal  bond  proceeds,  floating  rate   contracts  issued  to  bank   trust
departments,  and  long-term  annuity  contracts  used  to  fund  certain  state
obligations.
    
 
   
    Life insurer  credit concerns  and  a demand  shift to  non-traditional  GIC
alternatives  and equity based products have  generally caused the GIC market to
contract somewhat,  although broadening  the  Division's product  offerings  has
allowed it to maintain strong sales.
    
 
    Most  GIC contracts written by  Protective have maturities of  3 to 5 years.
Prior to 1993, few GIC contracts were maturing because the contracts were  newly
written.  Therefore, GIC account balances grew  at a significant rate. Beginning
in 1993, GIC contracts began to  mature as contemplated when the contracts  were
sold.  Hence, the rate of growth in GIC  deposits has decreased as the amount of
maturing contracts has increased.
 
INDIVIDUAL LIFE DIVISION
 
   
    The Individual Life Division primarily utilizes a distribution system  based
on  experienced independent personal producing  general agents who are recruited
by regional sales managers. At December  31, 1996, there were 24 regional  sales
managers  located  throughout  the  United  States.  Approximately  62%  of  the
Division's 1996  sales came  from  this distribution  system. In  addition,  the
Division  distributes insurance products in the life insurance brokerage market,
representing approximately 32% of sales.
    
 
   
    The  Division  also  distributes  insurance  products  through  the  payroll
deduction market and through stockbrokers and banks, and the Division offers its
products  to  other insurance  companies  and their  distribution  systems under
private label arrangements.
    
 
   
    Marketing emphasis  is  placed  on the  Division's  various  universal  life
products  and products designed to compete in the term marketplace. The Division
emphasizes back-end loaded  universal life  policies, both  variable and  fixed,
which  reward the  continuing policyholder  and which  should help  maintain the
persistency of its universal life business. The products designed to compete  in
the  term marketplace are term-like policies  with guaranteed level premiums for
the first  10, 15,  or 20  years which  provide a  competitive net  cost to  the
insured.  The  Division has  experienced increased  sales  even though  the life
insurance industry is a mature industry.
    
 
INVESTMENT PRODUCTS DIVISION
 
   
    The Investment Products Division  manufactures, sells, and supports  annuity
products.  These products are primarily sold  through stockbrokers, but are also
sold through financial institutions  and the Individual  Life Division. Some  of
the  Division's annuity  products are also  sold through Pro  Equities, Inc., an
affiliated securities broker-dealer.
    
 
   
    Since 1990, the  Division has offered  modified guaranteed annuity  products
which guarantee an interest rate for a fixed period. Because contract values are
"market-value  adjusted" upon surrender prior to maturity, these products afford
Protective a measure of protection from changes in interest rates. In 1992,  the
Division  ceased most new  sales of single premium  deferred annuities. In 1994,
the Division introduced a variable annuity product which offers the policyholder
the opportunity  to  invest in  mutual  funds  managed by  Goldman  Sachs  Asset
Management and its affiliates. Variable annuity products
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
represented  approximately  46% of  the Division's  1996  sales. The  demand for
annuity products  is  related  to  the  general  level  of  interest  rates  and
performance of the equity markets.
    
 
CORPORATE AND OTHER
 
   
    The Corporate and Other segment consists of several small insurance lines of
business,  net investment income  and expenses not  attributable to the business
segments described  above  (including  net  investment  income  on  capital  and
interest  on substantially all debt). The earnings of this segment may fluctuate
from year to year.
    
 
B.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following Selected  Financial Data for  Protective and its  subsidiaries
should  be read  in conjunction with  the consolidated  financial statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1996             1995             1994             1993            1992
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Premiums and policy fees................  $    462,050     $    411,682     $    402,772     $    351,423     $    323,136
Net investment income...................       498,781          458,433          408,933          354,165          274,991
Realized investment gains (losses)......         5,510            1,951            6,298            5,054             (154)
Other income............................         5,010            1,355           11,977            4,756           10,675
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
    Total revenues......................  $    971,351     $    873,421     $    829,980     $    715,398     $    608,648
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
Benefits and expenses...................  $    846,042     $    755,688     $    724,402     $    629,286     $    549,885
Income tax expense......................  $     42,766     $     40,037     $     32,855     $     29,957(1)  $     17,393
Minority interest.......................                                                                      $         90
Net income..............................  $     82,543     $     77,696     $     72,723     $     56,155     $     40,227(2)
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1996             1995             1994             1993            1992
                                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Total assets............................  $  8,163,343     $  7,178,693     $  6,110,704     $  5,307,849     $  4,000,157
Long-term debt..........................                                                     $         98     $      2,014
Total debt(3)...........................  $     25,014     $     34,693     $     39,443     $     49,061     $     43,191
Redeemable preferred stock..............                   $      2,000     $      2,000     $      2,000     $      2,000
Stockholder's equity....................  $    776,191     $    651,237     $    395,075     $    469,990     $    335,516
Stockholder's equity excluding net
  unrealized gains and losses on
  investments...........................  $    769,503     $    593,374     $    502,607     $    430,706     $    332,360
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Increased by a one-time adjustment to income tax expense of $1.2 million due
    to an increase in the corporate federal income tax rate from 34% to 35%.
 
(2) Includes a $1.1 million reduction to 1992 income representing the cumulative
    effect of a change in accounting principle for the adoption of SFAS No. 106.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
(3) Includes  indebtedness  to  related  parties.  At  December  31,  1996  such
    indebtedness  totaled $25.0  million. See  also Note  E to  the Consolidated
    Financial Statements.
    
 
C.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
  OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    PREMIUMS AND POLICY FEES
 
    The following table sets forth for the periods shown the amount of  premiums
and policy fees and the percentage change from the prior period:
 
                            PREMIUMS AND POLICY FEES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDED                                     PERCENTAGE
                 DECEMBER 31                       AMOUNT       INCREASE
- ---------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
  1994.......................................  $      402,772       14.6%
  1995.......................................         411,682        2.2
  1996.......................................         462,050       12.2
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Premiums  and policy fees increased $8.9 million  or 2.2% in 1995 over 1994.
Premiums and  policy fees  from the  Financial Institutions  Division  decreased
$32.4  million. This resulted  from a reinsurance arrangement  begun in the 1995
first quarter whereby  most of  the Division's  new credit  insurance sales  are
being ceded to a reinsurer. Increases in premiums and policy fees from the Group
and  Individual Life  Divisions represent increases  of $11.4  million and $14.1
million, respectively.  Policy fees  related  to Protective's  annuity  products
increased  $2.9 million in 1995. The 1994  assumptions of two blocks of policies
resulted in a $11.1  million increase in  premiums and policy  fees in 1995.  On
June 15, 1995, Protective coinsured a block of policies which resulted in a $8.3
million increase in premiums and policy fees. Decreases in older acquired blocks
resulted in a $7.2 million decrease in premiums and policy fees.
    
 
   
    Premiums and policy fees increased $50.4 million or 12.2% in 1996 over 1995.
The  coinsurance by the Acquisitions Division of three blocks of policies in the
first and  fourth quarters  of 1996  resulted  in a  $19.2 million  increase  in
premiums  and policy  fees. Decreases  in older  acquired blocks  resulted in an
$11.1 million decrease  in premiums and  policy fees. Premiums  and policy  fees
from  the Financial Institutions Division  increased $7.8 million. This resulted
from the  coinsurance of  a block  of policies  in the  second quarter  of  1996
representing a $32.6 million increase in premiums and policy fees. This increase
was largely offset by decreases resulting from the reinsurance arrangement begun
in  1995.  Premiums and  policy  fees from  the  Group Division  increased $14.1
million. Premiums  and  policy  fees  related to  the  Group  Division's  dental
business  increased  $22.5  million. This  increase  was partially  offset  by a
reduction to  premiums  related  to  a refund  of  premiums  to  certain  cancer
insurance  policyholders and to decreases  in traditional group health premiums.
Increases in premiums and  policy fees from the  Individual Life and  Investment
Product Divisions were $17.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively.
    
 
   
    On  October  7, 1996,  PLC  and Protective  announced  that they  would make
voluntary refunds to  certain of  its cancer insurance  policyholders and  would
reduce  premium rates charged to such policyholders until certain conditions are
met. The  estimated refunds  reduced the  Group Division's  premiums and  policy
fees, as noted above.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    NET INVESTMENT INCOME
 
    The  following table  sets forth  for the  periods shown  the amount  of net
investment income,  the  percentage  change  from  the  prior  period,  and  the
percentage earned on average cash and investments:
 
                             NET INVESTMENT INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PERCENTAGE EARNED
                 YEAR ENDED                                    PERCENTAGE   ON AVERAGE CASH
                 DECEMBER 31                       AMOUNT       INCREASE    AND INVESTMENTS
- ---------------------------------------------  --------------  ----------  ------------------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>         <C>
  1994.......................................  $     408,933       15.5  %               8.2%
  1995.......................................        458,433       12.1                  7.9
  1996.......................................        498,781        8.8                  7.8
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Net  investment income for 1995  was $49.5 million or  12.1% higher, and for
1996 was $40.3 million  or 8.8% higher, than  for the preceding year,  primarily
due  to increases in the average amount of invested assets. Invested assets have
increased primarily due to receiving annuity and guaranteed investment  contract
("GIC")  deposits and to acquisitions. The  assumption of two blocks of policies
in 1994 and one block of policies in  the second quarter of 1995 resulted in  an
increase  in net investment  income of $8.9  million in 1995.  The assumption of
four blocks of policies  during 1996 resulted in  an increase in net  investment
income of $18.4 million in 1996.
    
 
   
    The  percentage earned on average cash and  investments was 7.9% in 1995 and
7.8% in 1996, each slightly  below that of the preceding  year due to a  general
decline in interest rates.
    
 
    REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS (LOSSES)
 
   
    Protective  generally purchases its  investments with the  intent to hold to
maturity by purchasing investments that  match future cash flow needs.  However,
Protective may sell any of its investments to maintain proper matching of assets
and liabilities. Accordingly, Protective has classified its fixed maturities and
certain  other securities as "available for sale." The sales of investments that
have occurred generally result from  portfolio management decisions to  maintain
proper  matching  of  assets and  liabilities.  The following  table  sets forth
realized investment gains for the periods shown:
    
 
                       REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS (LOSSES)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDED
                 DECEMBER 31                       AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------  --------------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>
  1994.......................................  $       6,298
  1995.......................................          1,951
  1996.......................................          5,510
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Protective maintains an allowance for uncollectible amounts on  investments.
The  allowance totaled $30.9 million  at December 31, 1996  and $32.7 million at
December 31,  1995. Realized  investment gains  in 1995  of $21.6  million  were
largely  offset  by  realized  investment  losses  of  $19.6  million.  Realized
investment losses were reduced by a $2.5 million reduction to the allowance  for
uncollectible amounts on investments. Realized investment gains in 1996 of $10.9
million  were largely offset  by realized investment losses  of $5.4 million. In
the 1996 first quarter, Protective sold $554 million of its commercial  mortgage
loans  in a  securitization transaction,  resulting in  a $6.1  million realized
investment gain.  Realized investment  losses in  1996 were  reduced by  a  $1.8
million reduction to the allowance for uncollectible amounts on investments.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    OTHER INCOME
 
    The following table sets forth other income for the periods shown:
 
                                  OTHER INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31                 AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------  -------------
                                                    (IN
                                                THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>
  1994.......................................  $     11,977
  1995.......................................         1,355
  1996.......................................         5,010
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Other  income consists  primarily of  fees from administrative-services-only
types of group accident and health insurance contracts, and from rental of space
in Protective's administrative building to PLC. During 1994, Protective received
$8.2 million in settlement  of litigation. Other income  from all other  sources
decreased $0.2 million in 1995. Other income increased $3.7 million in 1996.
    
 
    INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX
 
    The  following table sets forth income or loss before income tax by business
segment for the periods shown:
 
                        INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX
                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BUSINESS SEGMENT                                              1994        1995        1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Acquisitions.............................................  $   37,719  $   50,376  $   53,564
Financial Institutions...................................       7,544       7,701       8,966
Group....................................................      10,122       9,107         821
Guaranteed Investment Contracts..........................      31,933      28,979      32,130
Individual Life..........................................      15,957      16,206      15,898
Investment Products......................................        (796)     10,933       9,823
Corporate and Other......................................      (2,167)     (6,490)     (2,410)
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)...........       5,266         921       6,517
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           $  105,578  $  117,733  $  125,309
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    In the 1996 first  quarter Protective changed the  way it allocates  certain
expenses  to its operating divisions. Accordingly, prior period division results
have been restated to reflect the change.
    
 
   
    Earnings from the  Acquisitions Division  are normally  expected to  decline
over  time (due to the lapsing of  policies resulting from deaths of insureds or
terminations of  coverage) unless  new acquisitions  are made.  In the  ordinary
course  of business, the Acquisitions  Division regularly considers acquisitions
of smaller insurance companies or blocks  of policies. Pretax earnings from  the
Division  increased $12.7 million in 1995 as compared to 1994. The two blocks of
policies coinsured during 1994  and the block of  policies coinsured during  the
second  quarter of 1995 represent $11.7  million of the increase. The Division's
1996 pretax earnings  increased $3.2  million to $53.6  million. The  Division's
most recent acquisitions resulted in a $4.7 million increase in pretax earnings.
    
 
   
    The Financial Institutions Division's 1995 pretax earnings were $0.2 million
higher  as compared  to 1994.  In 1995 the  Division entered  into a reinsurance
arrangement whereby all of the Division's  new credit insurance sales are  being
ceded to a reinsurer. In the 1995 second quarter the Division also ceded a block
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
of  older  policies. Though  the Division's  reported  earnings were  reduced by
approximately $2.0  million,  these  reinsurance transactions  are  expected  to
improve  the  Division's return  on investment.  The Division's  pretax earnings
increased $1.3 million to $9.0 million in 1996. Included in the Division's  1996
results  are earnings from the coinsurance of  a block of policies in the second
quarter of 1996. The reinsurance arrangement begun in the first quarter of  1995
reduced  the Division's reported  earnings by approximately  $3.3 million, which
was contemplated when the arrangement was entered into.
    
 
   
    Group 1995 pretax earnings were $1.0 million lower than 1994. Although total
dental earnings were up  $2.6 million, lower traditional  group life and  health
earnings  offset  the  increase. The  Division's  1996 pretax  earnings  of $0.8
million were $8.3 million  lower than 1995. The  previously discussed refund  of
cancer  premiums and related expenses resulted in a $6.8 million decrease in the
Division's pretax  earnings.  Improved  dental earnings  were  offset  by  lower
traditional group health earnings.
    
 
   
    The  Guaranteed Investment  Contracts ("GIC") Division  had pretax operating
earnings of $40.1 million in 1996 and $33.0 million in 1995. Operating  earnings
in  1995  were  benefited  by  lower  expenses  and  a  favorable  interest rate
environment. This increase was also partially due to the growth in GIC deposits.
The 1996 increase was due to improved operating spreads and to the growth in GIC
deposits placed with Protective. Realized investment losses associated with this
Division in 1995 were  $4.0 million as  compared to $8.0 million  in 1996. As  a
result,  total pretax earnings were  $29.0 million in 1995  and $32.1 million in
1996. The rate of growth in GIC deposits has decreased as the amount of maturing
contracts has increased.
    
 
   
    The Individual Life Division had 1995 pretax earnings of $16.2 million, $0.2
million higher than 1994. At December 31, 1994 Protective reduced the  statutory
policy  liabilities for certain of its  term-like products to be more consistent
with current regulation  and industry practice.  This reduced investment  income
allocated to the Division in 1995 by approximately $2.6 million when compared to
1994.  Additionally, expenses to  develop a new  variable universal life product
were $1.3 million in  1995. These decreases were  partially offset by  increased
earnings from favorable mortality experience and a growing amount of business in
force.  The Division had  1996 pretax operating earnings  of $14.7 million, $1.4
million below 1995. Realized  investment gains, net  of related amortization  of
deferred  policy  acquisition costs,  associated  with this  Division  were $1.2
million in 1996. As a result, total  pretax earnings were $15.9 million in  1996
which  was  $0.3  million  lower  than 1995  in  which  there  were  no realized
investment gains.
    
 
   
    The Investment Products  Division's 1995 pretax  operating earnings of  $7.5
million  were $7.5 million higher than  1994. During 1994 the Division completed
the amortization of the  deferred policy acquisition costs  related to its  book
value  annuities. Accordingly, 1995 operating  earnings were $7.2 million higher
due to lower amortization. The Division also benefited from a favorable interest
rate environment.  Realized investment  gains, net  of related  amortization  of
deferred  policy acquisition costs,  were $3.3 million in  1995 as compared with
$2.0 million in 1996. As a result,  total pretax earnings were $10.9 million  in
1995  and $9.8 million in 1996.  Fixed annuity deposits totaled $1,042.1 million
and variable  annuity deposits  totaled  $624.7 million  at December  31,  1996.
Variable  annuity deposits  of $546.9 million  are reported  in the accompanying
financial statements as "liabilities related to separate accounts."
    
 
   
    The Corporate and Other segment consists of net investment income and  other
operating  expenses  not  identified  with  the  preceding  operating  divisions
(including interest on substantially all  debt). Pretax losses for this  segment
were $4.3 million higher in 1995 as compared to the previous year. The segment's
1994  results  include  approximately  $8.2 million  received  in  settlement of
litigation relating  to an  acquisition made  in 1974.  Pretax losses  for  this
segment  were $4.1 million lower in 1996 as  compared to 1995, due to higher net
investment income on capital.
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
    The  following  table sets  forth  the effective  income  tax rates  for the
periods shown:
 
                               INCOME TAX EXPENSE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             YEAR ENDED
                            DECEMBER 31                               EFFECTIVE INCOME TAX RATES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>
  1994..............................................................                31.1%
  1995..............................................................                34.0
  1996..............................................................                34.1
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Management's current estimate of the effective  income tax rate for 1997  is
34%.
    
 
    NET INCOME
 
    The following table sets forth net income for the periods shown:
 
                                   NET INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         YEAR ENDED                                               PERCENTAGE
                        DECEMBER 31                                AMOUNT          INCREASE
- ------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------   ----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>
  1994......................................................  $      72,723         29.5%
  1995......................................................         77,696          6.8
  1996......................................................         82,543          6.2
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Compared  to 1994,  net income in  1995 increased  6.8%, reflecting improved
earnings in  the  Acquisitions,  Financial Institutions,  Individual  Life,  and
Investment  Products Divisions, and higher investment income partially offset by
lower earnings  in the  Group and  GIC  Divisions and  the Corporate  and  Other
segment as well as lower realized investment gains. Compared to 1995, net income
in   1996  increased  6.2%,  reflecting   improved  operating  earnings  in  the
Acquisitions, Financial Institutions, GIC and Investment Products Divisions, and
the Corporate and Other segment, and higher realized investment gains, offset by
lower operating earnings in the Group and Individual Life Division.
    
 
    KNOWN TRENDS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
   
    The  operating  results  of  companies   in  the  insurance  industry   have
historically  been  subject  to  significant  fluctuations  due  to competition,
economic conditions,  interest  rates, investment  performance,  maintenance  of
insurance  ratings, and  other factors.  Certain known  trends and uncertainties
which may affect future results of Protective are discussed more fully below.
    
 
   
    COMPETITION.  Life  and health  insurance is  a mature  industry. In  recent
years, the industry has experienced virtually no growth in life insurance sales,
though  the aging  population has  increased the  demand for  retirement savings
products. Life  and  health  insurance  is a  highly  competitive  industry  and
Protective's Divisions encounter significant competition in all their respective
lines  of business  from other insurance  companies, many of  which have greater
financial resources than Protective, as well as competition from other providers
of financial services.
    
 
   
    Management believes that Protective's ability to compete is dependent  upon,
among  other things, its ability to  attract and retain distribution channels to
market its insurance and investment products, its ability to develop competitive
and profitable  products,  its ability  to  maintain  low unit  costs,  and  its
maintenance  of strong claims-paying and  financial strength ratings from rating
agencies.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
    Protective  competes  against  other   insurance  companies  and   financial
institutions in the origination of commercial mortgage loans.
    
 
   
    RATINGS.   Ratings  are an important  factor in the  competitive position of
life  insurance  companies.  Ratings   organizations  periodically  review   the
financial   performance  and  condition   of  insurers,  including  Protective's
insurance  subsidiaries.  A  downgrade  in  the  ratings  of  Protective's  life
insurance  subsidiaries could adversely affect its  ability to sell its products
and its ability to compete for attractive acquisition opportunities.
    
 
   
    Rating organizations assign ratings based  upon several factors. While  most
of  the considered  factors related  to the rated  company, some  of the factors
relate to  general  economic  conditions and  circumstances  outside  the  rated
company's control.
    
 
   
    POLICY CLAIMS FLUCTUATIONS.  Protective's results may fluctuate from year to
year on account of fluctuations in policy claims received by Protective.
    
 
   
    LIQUIDITY  AND  INVESTMENT  PORTFOLIO.   Many  of  the  products  offered by
Protective's life insurance subsidiaries allow policyholders and contractholders
to withdraw their funds under defined circumstances. Protective's life insurance
subsidiaries design  products  and  configure investment  portfolios  so  as  to
provide  and  maintain sufficient  liquidity  to support  anticipated withdrawal
demands  and  contract  benefits  and  maturities.  Asset/liability   management
programs   and  procedures  are  used  to   monitor  the  relative  duration  of
Protective's  assets  and   liabilities.  While   Protective's  life   insurance
subsidiaries own a significant amount of liquid assets, many of their assets are
relatively  illiquid. Significant unanticipated withdrawal or surrender activity
could, under some circumstances, compel Protective's life insurance subsidiaries
to dispose of illiquid assets on unfavorable terms, which could have a  material
adverse effect on Protective.
    
 
   
    INTEREST  RATE FLUCTUATIONS.   Significant changes in  interest rates expose
life insurance companies to the risk of not earning anticipated spreads  between
the  interest rate earned on  investments and the interest  rate credited to its
life insurance and investment products. Both rising and declining interest rates
can negatively  affect  Protective's  spread income.  For  example,  certain  of
Protective's  insurance  and investment  products  guarantee a  minimum credited
interest  rate.  While  Protective  develops  and  maintains  asset/   liability
management  programs and procedures designed to preserve spread income in rising
or  falling  interest  rate  environments,  no  assurance  can  be  given   that
significant changes in interest rates will not materially affect such spreads.
    
 
   
    Lower  interest  rates  may  result  in  lower  sales  of  Protective's life
insurance and investment products.
    
 
   
    INVESTMENT RISKS.   Protective's  invested assets  are subject  to  inherent
risks  of  defaults and  changes  in market  values.  The value  of Protective's
commercial mortgage portfolio depends in part on the financial condition of  the
tenants  occupying the  properties on which  Protective has  made loans. Factors
that may affect the overall default  rate on, and market value of,  Protective's
invested  assets  include  the  level  of  interest  rates,  performance  of the
financial markets,  and  general  economic conditions,  as  well  as  particular
circumstances affecting the businesses of individual borrowers and tenants.
    
 
   
    CONTINUING SUCCESS OF ACQUISITION STRATEGY.  Protective has actively pursued
a  strategy of acquiring blocks of insurance policies. This acquisition strategy
has increased Protective's earnings in  part by allowing Protective to  position
itself  to realize certain  operating efficiencies associated  with economies of
scale.  There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that  suitable   acquisitions,
presenting  opportunities for continued growth  and operating efficiencies, will
continue to be  available to  Protective, or  that Protective  will realize  the
anticipated financial results from its acquisitions.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
    REGULATION AND TAXATION.  Protective's insurance subsidiaries are subject to
government regulation in each of the states in which they conduct business. Such
regulation is vested in state agencies having broad administrative power dealing
with  all aspects of  the insurance business  including premium rates, benefits,
marketing practices,  advertising,  policy forms,  underwriting  standards,  and
capital   adequacy,  and   is  concerned   primarily  with   the  protection  of
policyholders rather than  stockholders. Protective cannot  predict the form  of
any future regulatory initiatives.
    
 
   
    Under  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the Code), income tax
payable  by  policyholders  on  investment  earnings  is  deferred  during   the
accumulation  period  of  certain  life  insurance  and  annuity  products. This
favorable tax treatment may give certain of Protective's products a  competitive
advantage  over other  non-insurance products.  To the  extent that  the Code is
revised to  reduce  the  tax-deferred  status  of  life  insurance  and  annuity
products, or to increase the tax-deferred status of competing products, all life
insurance  companies,  including Protective's  subsidiaries, would  be adversely
affected.
    
 
   
    Protective cannot predict what future initiatives the President or  Congress
may  propose  which  may  affect  the life  and  health  insurance  industry and
Protective.
    
 
   
    LITIGATION.  A number of civil verdicts have been returned against life  and
health insurers in the jurisdictions in which Protective does business involving
the  insurers' sales  practices, alleged  agent misconduct,  failure to properly
supervise agents, and other matters.  Increasingly these lawsuits have  resulted
in   the  award   of  substantial  judgments   against  the   insurer  that  are
disproportionate to the actual damages,  including material amounts of  punitive
damages.  In some states (including Alabama), juries have substantial discretion
in awarding  punitive  damages which  creates  the potential  for  unpredictable
material  adverse judgments in  any given punitive  damages suit. Protective and
its subsidiaries, like other life and health insurers, in the ordinary course of
business, are involved in  such litigation. The outcome  of any such  litigation
cannot  be predicted  with certainty.  In addition,  in some  lawsuits involving
insurers' sales practices,  insurers have made  material settlement payments  to
end litigation.
    
 
   
    RELIANCE  UPON  THE  PERFORMANCE OF  OTHERS.   Protective  has  entered into
various ventures involving other parties. Examples include, but are not  limited
to:  many  of Protective's  products are  sold through  independent distribution
channels; the  Investment  Products  Division's variable  annuity  deposits  are
invested  in funds managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management and its affiliates;
a portion of the sales in the Financial Institutions, Group, and Individual Life
Divisions comes from  arrangements with unrelated  marketing organizations;  and
Individual  Life  Divisions  comes from  arrangements  with  unrelated marketing
organizations; and Protective has  entered the Hong Kong  insurance market in  a
joint  venture  with the  Lippo Group.  Therefore,  Protective's results  may be
affected by the performance of others.
    
 
   
    REINSURANCE.   As  is  customary in  the  insurance  industry,  Protective's
insurance subsidiaries cede insurance to other insurance companies. However, the
ceding  insurance company remains liable with  respect to ceded insurance should
any reinsurer  fail  to  meet  the  obligations  assumed  by  it.  Additionally,
Protective  assumes policies of other insurers.  Any regulatory or other adverse
development affecting the ceding  insurer could also have  an adverse effect  on
Protective.
    
 
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
   
    In  June 1996 the  Financial Accounting Standards  Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and  Servicing
of  Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of Liabilities."  This  statement is
effective for transactions entered into after January 1, 1997.
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
    Protective's operations usually produce a positive cash flow. This cash flow
is used to  fund an  investment portfolio  to finance  future benefit  payments.
Since future benefit payments largely represent medium and long-term obligations
reserved  using  certain assumed  interest  rates, Protective's  investments are
predominantly in medium and long-term, fixed-rate investments such as bonds  and
mortgage loans.
    
 
   
    Many  of Protective's products contain  surrender charges and other features
which reward persistency and penalize  the early withdrawal of funds.  Surrender
charges  are  generally sufficient  to  cover Protective's  unamortized deferred
policy acquisition costs with respect to the policy being surrendered. GICs  and
certain annuity contracts have market value adjustments which protect Protective
against  investment losses if interest rates are higher at the time of surrender
than at the time of issue.
    
 
   
    Protective's investments  in  debt and  equity  securities are  reported  at
market  value, and investments in mortgage loans are reported at amortized cost.
At  December  31,  1996,  the  fixed  maturity  investments  (bonds,  bank  loan
participations,  and redeemable preferred stocks) had a market value of $4,663.0
million, which is 0.3% above  amortized cost (less allowances for  uncollectible
amounts  on investments) of $4,648.5 million. Protective had $1,503.1 million in
mortgage loans at December  31, 1996. While Protective's  mortgage loans do  not
have quoted market values, at December 31, 1996, Protective estimates the market
value  of its mortgage loans to be $1,581.7 million (using discounted cash flows
from the next call date) which is 5.2% in excess of amortized cost. These assets
are invested for terms approximately corresponding to anticipated future benefit
payments. Thus, market fluctuations should not adversely affect liquidity.  Most
of Protective's mortgage loans have significant prepayment penalties.
    
 
   
    For  several years  Protective has offered  a type of  commercial loan under
which Protective will permit a  slightly higher loan-to-value ratio in  exchange
for  a participating interest in the cash flows from the underlying real estate.
Approximately  $498   million  of   Protective's   mortgage  loans   have   this
participation feature.
    
 
   
    At  December 31, 1996,  delinquent mortgage loans  and foreclosed properties
were 0.3% of assets. Bonds rated less than investment grade were 1.4% of assets.
Additionally, Protective  had  bank  loan participations  that  were  less  than
investment  grade, representing 0.5% of assets. Protective does not expect these
investments to  adversely affect  its liquidity  or ability  to maintain  proper
matching  of assets  and liabilities.  Protective's allowance  for uncollectible
amounts on investments was $30.9 million at December 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    Policy loans at December  31, 1996 were $166.7  million, a decrease of  $0.8
million  from December  31, 1995  (after excluding  the $24.1  million of policy
loans obtained through  acquisitions). Policy  loan rates are  generally in  the
4.5%  to 8.0% range. Such  rates at least equal  the assumed interest rates used
for future policy benefits.
    
 
   
    Protective believes its asset/liability  management programs and  procedures
and  certain  product  features provide  significant  protection  for Protective
against the  effects  of  changes  in  interest  rates.  However,  approximately
one-fourth  of Protective's liabilities relate to products (primarily whole life
insurance) the profitability  of which may  be affected by  changes in  interest
rates.  The  effect of  such  changes in  any  one year  is  not expected  to be
material.  Additionally,  Protective  believes  its  asset/liability  management
programs and procedures provide sufficient liquidity to enable it to fulfill its
obligation to pay benefits under its various insurance and deposit contracts.
    
 
   
    Protective's  asset/liability management programs and procedures involve the
monitoring of asset and liability durations for various product lines; cash flow
testing under various interest rate scenarios; and the continuous rebalancing of
assets  and   liabilities  with   respect  to   yield,  risk,   and  cash   flow
characteristics. It is
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
   
Protective's general policy to maintain asset and liability durations within 10%
of one another, although from time to time a broader interval may be used.
    
 
   
    Protective  does  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading
purposes. Combinations of futures  contracts and options  on treasury notes  are
sometimes  used as hedges for asset/liability management of certain investments,
primarily  mortgage  loans  on  real  estate,  mortgage-backed  securities,  and
liabilities arising from interest-sensitive products such as GICs and annuities.
Realized  investment  gains  and  losses  of  such  contracts  are  deferred and
amortized over the life of the  hedged asset. Net realized losses, incurred  due
to  a  decline in  interest rates,  of $0.2  million were  deferred in  1996. At
December 31,  1996, open  futures contracts  with a  notional amount  of  $805.0
million were in a $1.9 million net unrealized loss position.
    
 
   
    Protective  may also use  interest rate swap contracts  and options to enter
into interest rate  swap contracts  (swaptions) to  convert certain  investments
from  a variable rate of interest  to a fixed rate of  interest and from a fixed
rate to a variable rate of interest. At December 31, 1996, related open interest
rate swap contracts  with a notional  amount of  $150.3 million were  in a  $0.7
million net unrealized loss position.
    
 
   
    Withdrawals  related to GIC contracts were approximately $600 million during
1996. Withdrawals related  to GIC  contracts are estimated  to be  approximately
$600 million in 1997 . Protective's asset/liability matching practices take into
account  maturing contracts.  Accordingly, Protective  does not  expect maturing
contracts to have an  unusual effect on the  future operations and liquidity  of
Protective.
    
 
   
    On  March  22,  1996,  Protective sold  approximately  $554  million  of its
commercial mortgage loans  in a  securitization transaction.  Proceeds from  the
sale  consisted  of cash  of approximately  $400 million,  net of  expenses, and
securities issued  in  the  securitization  transaction  of  approximately  $161
million. The sale resulted in a realized gain of approximately $6.1 million. The
cash  proceeds were reinvested in fixed  maturity and short-term investments. On
December 17, 1996, Protective sold approximately  $315 million of its bank  loan
participations  in a larger  securitization transaction. The  sale resulted in a
realized gain of  approximately $0.5  million. The proceeds  were reinvested  in
fixed  maturity  and  short-term  investments.  In  a  related  transaction, PLC
purchased  $23  million   of  the  securities   issued  in  the   securitization
transaction. Protective is investigating other securitization opportunities.
    
 
   
    In  anticipation  of  receiving  GIC and  annuity  deposits,  Protective was
committed at December  31, 1996  to fund mortgage  loans and  to purchase  fixed
maturity  and  other  long-term investments  in  the amount  of  $331.5 million.
Protective held $215.6 million  in cash and  short-term investments at  December
31, 1996.
    
 
   
    While  Protective generally anticipates that  the cash flows from operations
will be sufficient to meet its investment commitments and operating cash  needs,
Protective  recognizes that  investment commitments  scheduled to  be funded may
from time to  time exceed the  funds then available.  Therefore, Protective  has
arranged  sources of credit to use when needed. Protective expects that the rate
received  on  its  investments  will   equal  or  exceed  its  borrowing   rate.
Additionally,  Protective  may from  time to  time  sell short-duration  GICs to
complement its cash management practices.
    
 
   
    At December  31,  1996,  Protective  had  no  borrowings  under  its  credit
arrangements.
    
 
   
    As  disclosed in  the Notes to  the Consolidated  Financial Statements, $413
million  of  consolidated   stockholder's  equity,   excluding  net   unrealized
investment gains and losses, represented net assets of Protective that cannot be
transferred  to PLC in the  form of dividends, loans,  or advances. In addition,
Protective is subject to various state statutory and regulatory restrictions  on
its  ability  to  pay  dividends to  PLC.  Also,  distributions,  including cash
dividends   to    PLC   from    Protective    in   excess    of    approximately
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
   
$439  million, would be subject  to federal income tax  at rates then effective.
Protective does not anticipate involuntarily making distributions that would  be
subject to tax.
    
 
    For  the foregoing  reasons and due  to the expected  growth of Protective's
insurance sales, Protective  will retain  substantial portions  of its  earnings
primarily to support future growth.
 
   
    A  life insurance company's statutory capital is computed according to rules
prescribed by the  National Association  of Insurance  Commissioners (NAIC),  as
modified  by  the insurance  company's state  of domicile.  Statutory accounting
rules are  different  from  generally accepted  accounting  principles  and  are
intended  to  reflect  a  more  conservative  view  by,  for  example, requiring
immediate expensing of  policy acquisition costs.  The achievement of  long-term
growth  will require growth  in the statutory  capital of Protective. Protective
may secure  additional  statutory  capital  through  various  sources,  such  as
retained statutory earnings or equity contributions by PLC.
    
 
   
    Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing
business  in a participating state  can be assessed up  to prescribed limits for
policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. Protective does not believe
that any  such assessments  will be  materially different  from amounts  already
reflected in the financial statements.
    
 
   
    Protective,  like other life and health  insurers, in the course of business
is involved in litigation. Pending litigation  includes a class action filed  in
Jefferson  County (Birmingham), Alabama with respect to the previously discussed
cancer premium  refunds.  Although  the  outcome of  any  litigation  cannot  be
predicted with certainty, Protective believes that at the present time there are
no  pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material
adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of
Protective.
    
 
   
    Rating downgrades have  exceeded upgrades  for the past  several years,  and
public  pronouncements  by  the  rating agencies  indicate  that  this  trend is
expected to continue for the near future.
    
 
   
    Protective is not  aware of  any material pending  or threatened  regulatory
action with respect to Protective.
    
 
   
IMPACT OF INFLATION
    
 
   
    Inflation increases the need for life insurance. Many policyholders who once
had  adequate  insurance  programs  increase their  life  insurance  coverage to
provide the same relative financial benefits and protection. Inflation increases
the cost of health care. The adequacy of premium rates in relation to the  level
of  accident and health  claims is constantly  monitored, and where appropriate,
premium rates  on  such policies  are  increased as  policy  benefits  increase.
Failure  to make such increases commensurate  with healthcare cost increases may
result in a loss from health insurance.
    
 
   
    The higher interest rates that have traditionally accompanied inflation  may
also  affect Protective's investment operation.  Policy loans increase as policy
loan interest  rates  become  relatively  more  attractive.  As  interest  rates
increase,  disintermediation  of GIC  and annuity  deposits and  individual life
policy cash values may  increase, the market  value of Protective's  fixed-rate,
long-term  investments may decrease,  and Protective may  be unable to implement
fully the interest  rate reset and  call provisions of  its mortgage loans.  The
difference between the interest rate earned on investments and the interest rate
credited to interest-sensitive products may also be adversely affected by rising
interest rates.
    
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
D.  INSURANCE IN FORCE
 
   
    Protective's total consolidated life insurance in force at December 31, 1996
was  $69.3 billion. The following table shows sales by face amount and insurance
in force for Protective's business segments.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                ----------------------------------------------------------
                                   1996        1995        1994        1993        1992
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
New Business Written
  Financial Institutions......  $3,956,581  $3,563,177  $2,524,212  $2,776,276  $1,149,265
  Group.......................     115,748     119,357     184,429     252,345     328,258
  Individual Life.............   9,245,002   7,564,983   6,329,630   4,440,510   4,877,038
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total.....................  $13,317,331 $11,247,517 $9,038,271  $7,469,131  $6,354,561
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Business Acquired
  Acquisitions................  $1,286,673  $6,129,159  $4,756,371  $4,378,812  $1,302,330
  Financial Institutions......   1,607,463                                       1,432,338
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total.....................  $2,894,136  $6,129,159  $4,756,371  $4,378,812  $2,734,668
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Insurance in Force at End of
  Year (1)
  Acquisitions................  $20,037,857 $16,778,359 $11,728,569 $8,452,114  $3,836,066
  Financial Institutions......   7,468,761   6,233,256   4,841,318   4,306,179   3,690,610
  Group.......................   6,054,947   6,371,313   7,464,501   6,716,724   6,315,410
  Individual Life.............  35,765,841  32,500,935  25,843,232  22,975,577  20,634,927
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total.....................  $69,327,406 $61,883,863 $49,877,620 $42,450,594 $34,477,013
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1) Reinsurance assumed has  been included; reinsurance ceded  (1996-18,840,221;
    1995-$17,524,366; 1994-$8,639,272; 1993-$7,484,566; 1992-$6,982,127) has not
    been deducted.
    
 
   
    The  ratio of  voluntary terminations of  individual life  insurance to mean
individual life insurance in force, which  is determined by dividing the  amount
of  insurance  terminated due  to  lapses during  the year  by  the mean  of the
insurance in force at the beginning and end of the year, adjusted for the timing
of major acquisitions and assumptions was:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      RATIO OF
                                   YEAR ENDED                                        VOLUNTARY
                                  DECEMBER 31                                       TERMINATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
  1992..........................................................................          9.0%
  1993..........................................................................          8.7
  1994..........................................................................          7.0
  1995..........................................................................          6.9
  1996..........................................................................          6.4
</TABLE>
    
 
    Net terminations reflect voluntary lapses and cash surrenders, some of which
may be  due  to  the  replacement of  Protective's  products  with  competitors'
products.  Also, a higher percentage of voluntary lapses typically occurs in the
first 15 months of a  policy, and accordingly, lapses  will tend to increase  or
decrease  in  proportion  to the  change  in  new insurance  written  during the
immediately preceding periods.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    The amount of investment products in force is measured by account  balances.
The  following table  shows guaranteed  investment contract  and annuity account
balances.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    GUARANTEED  MODIFIED
            YEAR ENDED              INVESTMENT GUARANTEED     FIXED    VARIABLE
           DECEMBER 31              CONTRACTS   ANNUITIES   ANNUITIES  ANNUITIES
- ----------------------------------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
  1992............................  $1,694,530  $ 299,608   $ 374,451
  1993............................  2,015,075     468,689     537,053
  1994............................  2,281,673     661,359     542,766  $ 170,454
  1995............................  2,451,693     741,849     472,656    392,237
  1996............................  2,474,728     862,747     390,461    624,714
</TABLE>
    
 
E.  UNDERWRITING
 
    The underwriting policies of Protective are established by management.  With
respect   to  individual   insurance,  Protective  uses   information  from  the
application  and,  in  some  cases,  inspection  reports,  attending   physician
statements,  or medical  examinations to  determine whether  a policy  should be
issued as applied for,  rated, or rejected.  Medical examinations of  applicants
are  required  for individual  life insurance  in  excess of  certain prescribed
amounts (which  vary based  on the  type  of insurance)  and for  most  ordinary
insurance  applied for  by applicants  over age 50.  In the  case of "simplified
issue" policies, which are issued  primarily through the Financial  Institutions
Division and the payroll deduction market, coverage is rejected if the responses
to certain health questions contained in the application indicate adverse health
of   the  applicant.  For  other   than  "simplified  issue"  policies,  medical
examinations are requested  of any applicant,  regardless of age  and amount  of
requested  coverage, if  an examination  is deemed  necessary to  underwrite the
risk. Substandard  risks may  be  referred to  reinsurers  for full  or  partial
reinsurance of the substandard risk.
 
   
    Protective  requires  blood samples  to be  drawn with  individual insurance
applications for coverage at age 16  and above, except in the payroll  deduction
market  where the face amount  must be $100,000 or  more before blood testing is
required. Blood samples are tested for a  wide range of chemical values and  are
screened  for antibodies to  the HIV virus.  Applications also contain questions
permitted by law regarding the HIV virus which must be answered by the  proposed
insureds.
    
 
    Group  insurance underwriting policies are administered by experienced group
underwriters. The underwriting policies are designed for single employer groups.
Initial premium rates  are based on  prior claim experience  and manual  premium
rates with relative weights depending on the size of the group and nature of the
benefits.
 
F.  INVESTMENTS
 
   
    The  types of assets in which Protective  may invest are influenced by state
laws which prescribe qualified investment assets. Within the parameters of these
laws, Protective  invests its  assets giving  consideration to  such factors  as
liquidity  needs, investment quality, investment  return, matching of assets and
liabilities, and the composition of the  investment portfolio by asset type  and
credit exposure. Because liquidity is important, Protective continually balances
maturity against yield and quality considerations in selecting new investments.
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
   
    The  following table  shows Protective's  investments at  December 31, 1996,
valued on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       PERCENT OF TOTAL
                                                                   ASSET VALUE           INVESTMENTS
                                                              ----------------------   ----------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>                      <C>
Fixed maturities:
  Bonds:
    Mortgage-backed securities..............................        $2,202,092               33.8%
    United States Government and government agencies and
      authorities...........................................           347,602                5.3
    States, municipalities, and political subdivisions......             5,553                0.1
    Public utilities........................................           366,560                5.6
    Convertibles and bonds with warrants attached...........               521             --
    All other corporate bonds...............................         1,683,767               25.9
  Bank loan participations..................................            49,829                0.8
  Redeemable preferred stocks...............................             7,072                0.1
                                                                   -----------              -----
    Total fixed maturities..................................         4,662,996               71.6
                                                                   -----------              -----
Equity securities:
  Common stocks -- industrial, miscellaneous, and all
    other...................................................            23,053                0.3
  Nonredeemable preferred stocks............................            12,197                0.2
                                                                   -----------              -----
    Total equity securities.................................            35,250                0.5
                                                                   -----------              -----
Mortgage loans on real estate...............................         1,503,781               23.1
Investment real estate......................................            14,172                0.2
Policy loans................................................           166,704                2.6
Other long-term investments.................................            29,193                0.4
Short-term investments......................................           101,215                1.6
                                                                   -----------              -----
      Total investments.....................................        $6,513,311              100.0%
                                                                   -----------              -----
                                                                   -----------              -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    A  significant  portion  of  Protective's  bond  portfolio  is  invested  in
mortgage-backed  securities.  Mortgage-backed  securities  are  constructed from
pools of residential mortgages, and may have cash flow volatility as a result of
changes in the rate at which prepayments of principal occur with respect to  the
underlying  loans. Prepayments of principal  on the underlying residential loans
can be expected to accelerate with decreases in interest rates and diminish with
increases in  interest  rates.  In  its  mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio,
Protective  has focused on sequential and planned amortization class securities,
which tend to be less volatile than other classes of mortgage-backed securities.
    
 
   
    Protective obtains ratings  of its  fixed maturities  from Moody's  Investor
Service,  Inc. ("Moody's") and Standard &  Poor's Corporation ("S&P"). If a bond
is not rated  by Moody's  or S&P, Protective  uses ratings  from the  Securities
Valuation   Office  of  the  National  Association  of  Insurance  Commissioners
("NAIC"), or Protective rates  the bond based upon  a comparison of the  unrated
issue  to rated issues of the same issuer  or rated issues of other issuers with
similar risk characteristics. At December  31, 1996, approximately 99% of  bonds
were rated by Moody's, S&P, or the NAIC.
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
    The  following  table  shows  the  approximate  percentage  distribution  of
Protective's fixed maturities by rating,  utilizing S&P's rating categories,  at
December 31, 1996:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                      FIXED
TYPE                                                                                MATURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
Bonds
  AAA...........................................................................        48.3%
  AA............................................................................         4.4
  A.............................................................................        22.6
  BBB...........................................................................        21.1
  BB or less....................................................................         2.5
Bank Loan Participations
  Investment Grade..............................................................         0.1
  Non-Investment Grade..........................................................         0.9
Redeemable Preferred Stock......................................................         0.1
                                                                                       -----
Total...........................................................................       100.0%
                                                                                       -----
                                                                                       -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    At  December  31,  1996,  approximately  $4,488.6  million  of  Protective's
$4,606.1 million bond portfolio was invested in U.S. Government or agency-backed
securities or investment  grade corporate  bonds and  only approximately  $117.5
million   of  its  bond   portfolio  was  rated   less  than  investment  grade.
Approximately $498.5 million of bonds are not publicly traded.
    
 
   
    Protective  also  invests  in  bank  loan  participations.  Generally,  such
investments  constitute the most senior debt  incurred by the borrower in highly
leveraged  transactions.  They  are  generally  unrated  by  the  credit  rating
agencies.  Of the $49.8 million of  bank loan participations owned by Protective
at December 31, 1996, $43.6 million  were classified by Protective as less  than
investment grade.
    
 
   
    Risks  associated  with  investments  in  less  than  investment  grade debt
obligations may be significantly higher  than risks associated with  investments
in  debt securities  rated investment  grade. Risk of  loss upon  default by the
borrower is significantly  greater with  respect to such  debt obligations  than
with  other  debt  securities  because these  obligations  may  be  unsecured or
subordinated to other creditors.  Additionally, there is  often a thinly  traded
market  for such  securities and  current market  quotations are  frequently not
available for some of  these securities. Issuers of  less than investment  grade
debt  obligations  usually  have  higher levels  of  indebtedness  and  are more
sensitive to  adverse  economic  conditions, such  as  recession  or  increasing
interest rates, than investment-grade issuers.
    
 
   
    On December 17, 1996, Protective sold approximately $315 million of its bank
loan  participations in  a securitization  transaction involving  Protective and
other unrelated  parties. An  affiliate of  Protective will  serve as  portfolio
manager   for   the   securitization's  underlying   portfolio   of   bank  loan
participations and other assets which total approximately $667 million.
    
 
   
    Protective also invests a significant  portion of its portfolio in  mortgage
loans.  Results  for  these  investments  have  been  excellent  due  to careful
management and  a focus  on  a specialized  segment  of the  market.  Protective
generally  does not lend on speculative properties and has specialized in making
loans on either credit-oriented commercial properties, or credit-anchored  strip
shopping  centers. The average size of loans  made during 1996 was $2.9 million.
The average size mortgage loan  in Protective's portfolio is approximately  $1.7
million. The largest single loan amount is $13.6 million.
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    The  following  table  shows  a  breakdown  of  Protective's  mortgage  loan
portfolio by property type:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                MORTGAGE LOANS
PROPERTY TYPE                                                                   ON REAL ESTATE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
Retail.......................................................................          77.4%
Office Building..............................................................           7.6
Warehouses...................................................................           7.4
Apartments...................................................................           6.2
Mixed-use....................................................................           1.3
Other........................................................................           0.1
                                                                                      -----
Total........................................................................         100.0%
                                                                                      -----
                                                                                      -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Retail loans  are generally  on strip  shopping centers  located in  smaller
towns and anchored by one or more strong regional or national retail stores. The
anchor  tenants enter into  long-term leases with  Protective's borrowers. These
centers provide the basic  necessities of life,  such as food,  pharmaceuticals,
and  clothing,  and  have been  relatively  insensitive to  changes  in economic
conditions. The following are  some of the largest  anchor tenants (measured  by
Protective's exposure) in the strip shopping centers at December 31, 1996:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                  MORTGAGE LOANS
ANCHOR TENANTS                                                                    ON REAL ESTATE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>
Food Lion....................................................................               4%
Wal-Mart.....................................................................               4
K-Mart.......................................................................               4
Winn Dixie...................................................................               3
Revco........................................................................               2
Ahold USA....................................................................               2
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Protective's   mortgage   lending  criteria   generally  require   that  the
loan-to-value ratio  on  each  mortgage be  at  or  under 75%  at  the  time  of
origination.  Projected  rental payments  from  credit anchors  (i.e., excluding
rental payments  from  smaller  local  tenants)  generally  exceed  70%  of  the
property's projected operating expenses and debt service.
    
 
   
    For  several years  Protective has offered  a commercial  loan product under
which Protective will permit a loan-to-value ratio of up to 85% in exchange  for
a  participating interest  in the  cash flows  from the  underlying real estate.
Approximately  $498   million  of   Protective's   mortgage  loans   have   this
participation feature.
    
 
   
    Many  of  Protective's  mortgage  loans have  call  or  interest  rate reset
provisions after  five  to seven  years.  However,  if interest  rates  were  to
significantly  increase, Protective may be unable to increase the interest rates
on its existing  mortgage loans  commensurate with  the significantly  increased
market rates, or call the loans.
    
 
   
    At  December 31, 1996, $23.7 million or  1.6% of the mortgage loan portfolio
was nonperforming. It is Protective's policy to cease to carry accrued  interest
on  loans  that  are  over 90  days  delinquent.  For loans  less  than  90 days
delinquent, interest  is  accrued  unless  it is  determined  that  the  accrued
interest  is not collectible. If  a loan becomes over  90 days delinquent, it is
Protective's general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout
arrangement to bring the loan current is in place.
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
   
    On March  22,  1996,  Protective  sold approximately  $554  million  of  its
commercial  mortgage loans  in a  securitization transaction.  Proceeds from the
sale consisted  of cash  of approximately  $400 million,  net of  expenses,  and
securities  issued  in  the  securitization  transaction  of  approximately $161
million. Protective continues to service the securitized mortgage loans.
    
 
   
    As a general rule, Protective does  not invest directly in real estate.  The
investment  real  estate  held  by  Protective  consists  largely  of properties
obtained through foreclosures or the  acquisition of other insurance  companies.
In  Protective's experience, the appraised  value of foreclosed properties often
approximates  the  mortgage  loan  balance   on  the  property  plus  costs   of
foreclosure.  Also, foreclosed  properties often  generate a  positive cash flow
enabling Protective to hold  and manage the property  until the property can  be
profitably sold.
    
 
   
    Protective  has  established  an  allowance  for  uncollectible  amounts  on
investments. This allowance was $30.9 million at December 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    Combinations  of  futures  contracts  and  options  on  treasury  notes  are
sometimes  used as hedges for asset/liability management of certain investments,
primarily  mortgage  loans  on  real  estate,  mortgage-backed  securities,  and
liabilities arising from interest sensitive products such as GICs and annuities.
Realized  investment  gains  and  losses  on  such  contracts  are  deferred and
amortized over the life of the hedged asset. Protective also uses interest  rate
swap  contracts to convert certain investments  from a variable rate of interest
to a fixed rate of interest.
    
 
    For further discussion regarding  Protective's investments and the  maturity
of  and the concentration of risk among Protective's invested assets, see Note C
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
   
    The following table shows the investment results of Protective for the years
1992 through 1996 (dollars in thousands):
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PERCENTAGE
                                                        CASH, ACCRUED                     EARNED ON
                                                      INVESTMENT INCOME,      NET        AVERAGE OF        REALIZED
                     YEAR ENDED                       AND INVESTMENTS AT  INVESTMENT      CASH AND        INVESTMENT
                    DECEMBER 31                          DECEMBER 31        INCOME       INVESTMENTS    GAINS (LOSSES)
- ----------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------  ---------------  --------------
<S>                                                   <C>                 <C>          <C>              <C>
  1992..............................................    $    3,650,024     $ 274,991           8.6%       $     (154)
  1993..............................................         4,841,209       354,165           8.4             5,054
  1994..............................................         5,355,988       408,933           8.2             6,298
  1995..............................................         6,087,828       458,433           7.9             1,951
  1996..............................................         6,698,236       498,781           7.8             5,510
</TABLE>
    
 
    See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations -- Liquidity  and Capital Resources"  included herein for  certain
information relating to Protective's investments and liquidity.
 
G.  INDEMNITY REINSURANCE
 
   
    As  is customary  in the insurance  industry, Protective  cedes insurance to
other insurance  companies. The  ceding insurance  company remains  liable  with
respect  to ceded  insurance should any  reinsurer fail to  meet the obligations
assumed by it. Protective sets  a limit on the  amount of insurance retained  on
the life of any one person. In the individual lines it will not retain more than
$500,000,  including  accidental  death benefits,  on  any one  life.  For group
insurance, the maximum amount retained on any one life is generally $100,000. At
December 31, 1996, Protective had insurance  in force of $69.3 billion of  which
approximately $18.8 billion was ceded to reinsurers.
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
   
H.  POLICY LIABILITIES AND ACCRUALS
    
 
   
    The  applicable insurance laws under  which Protective operates require that
each insurance company report policy  liabilities to meet future obligations  on
the  outstanding policies.  These liabilities  are the  amounts which,  with the
additional premiums to be received  and interest thereon compounded annually  at
certain  assumed rates, are  calculated in accordance with  applicable law to be
sufficient to meet the various policy  and contract obligations as they  mature.
These  laws  specify that  the liabilities  shall not  be less  than liabilities
calculated using certain named mortality tables and interest rates.
    
 
   
    The policy  liabilities  and  accruals  carried  in  Protective's  financial
reports  (presented on  the basis  of generally  accepted accounting principles)
differ from those specified  by the laws  of the various  states and carried  in
Protective's  and  its  insurance subsidiaries'  statutory  financial statements
(presented on the  basis of  statutory accounting principles  mandated by  state
insurance  regulation). For  policy liabilities  other than  those for universal
life policies, annuity contracts, and GICs, these differences arise from the use
of mortality and morbidity tables and interest rate assumptions which are deemed
under generally  accepted  accounting  principles to  be  more  appropriate  for
financial  reporting  purposes  than  those  required  for  statutory accounting
purposes;  from  the  introduction  of   lapse  assumptions  into  the   reserve
calculation;  and from the use of the  net level premium method on all business.
Policy liabilities for universal life policies, annuity contracts, and GICs  are
carried  in Protective's financial reports at the account value of the policy or
contract.
    
 
I.  FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
   
    Under  pre-1984  tax  law,  certain  income  of  Protective  was  not  taxed
currently,  but was  accumulated in the  "Policyholders' Surplus  Account" to be
taxed only when such income was distributed to the stockholders or when  certain
limits  on accumulated amounts  were exceeded. Consistent  with current tax law,
amounts accumulated  in the  Policyholders' Surplus  Account have  been  carried
forward,  although no accumulated income  may be added to  these accounts. As of
December 31, 1996, the combined  Policyholders' Surplus Accounts for  Protective
and  its life  insurance subsidiaries and  the estimated tax  which would become
payable on these amounts if distributed  to stockholders were $50.7 million  and
$17.7 million, respectively. Protective does not anticipate exceeding applicable
limits  on amounts accumulated in these accounts and, therefore, does not expect
to involuntarily pay tax on the amounts held therein.
    
 
J.  COMPETITION
 
   
    Life and  health  insurance is  a  mature  industry. In  recent  years,  the
industry has experienced virtually no growth in life insurance sales, though the
aging  population has increased the demand for retirement savings products. Life
and health  insurance is  a  highly competitive  industry and  the  Protective's
divisions  encounter significant  competition in  all their  respective lines of
business from other insurance  companies, many of  which have greater  financial
resources  than  Protective,  as well  as  competition from  other  providers of
financial services.
    
 
   
    Management believes that Protective's ability to compete is dependent  upon,
among  other things, its ability to  attract and retain distribution channels to
market its insurance and investment products, its ability to develop competitive
and profitable  products,  its ability  to  maintain  low unit  costs,  and  its
maintenance  of strong claims-paying and  financial strength ratings from rating
agencies.
    
 
   
    Protective  competes  against  other   insurance  companies  and   financial
institutions in the origination of commercial mortgage loans.
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
K.  REGULATION
 
   
    Protective  is subject  to government  regulation in  each of  the states in
which it conducts business. Such regulation  is vested in state agencies  having
broad  administrative power dealing with all  aspects of the insurance business,
including premium  rates, marketing  practices,  advertising, policy  forms  and
capital   adequacy,  and   is  concerned   primarily  with   the  protection  of
policyholders rather than  stockholders. Protective cannot  predict the form  of
any future proposals or regulation.
    
 
   
    A  life insurance company's statutory capital is computed according to rules
prescribed by the NAIC as modified by the insurance company's state of domicile.
Statutory accounting  rules are  different  from generally  accepted  accounting
principles and are intended to reflect a more conservative view, for example, by
requiring  immediate expensing of policy acquisition costs and more conservative
computations of policy liabilities.  The NAIC's risk-based capital  requirements
require  insurance  companies  to  calculate  and  report  information  under  a
risk-based capital formula. These requirements  are intended to allow  insurance
regulators  to identify inadequately capitalized  insurance companies based upon
the types  and mixtures  of  risks inherent  in  the insurer's  operations.  The
formula  includes  components  for  asset risk,  liability  risk,  interest rate
exposure, and  other  factors.  Based  upon  the  December  31,  1996  statutory
financial  reports,  Protective and  its  insurance subsidiaries  are adequately
capitalized under the formula.
    
 
   
    Protective is required to file detailed annual reports with the  supervisory
agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business and its business
and  accounts are subject to examination by such agencies at any time. Under the
rules of  the NAIC,  insurance companies  are examined  periodically  (generally
every  three to five years) by one or more of the supervisory agencies on behalf
of the states in which they do  business. To date, no such insurance  department
examinations have produced any significant adverse findings regarding Protective
or any of its insurance subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing
business  in  such  a  state  can  be  assessed  up  to  prescribed  limits  for
policyholder  losses  incurred  by  insolvent  or  failed  insurance  companies.
Although  Protective cannot predict  the amount of  any future assessments; most
insurance guaranty fund laws currently provide that an assessment may be excused
or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's financial strength. Protective was
assessed immaterial amounts in 1996, which  will be partially offset by  credits
against future state premium taxes.
    
 
    In  addition,  many  states,  including the  state  in  which  Protective is
domiciled, have enacted legislation  or adopted regulations regarding  insurance
holding  company  systems.  These  laws  require  registration  of  and periodic
reporting by insurance companies domiciled within the jurisdiction which control
or are  controlled by  other corporations  or  persons so  as to  constitute  an
insurance  holding company  system. These  laws also  affect the  acquisition of
control of  insurance  companies  as  well  as  transactions  between  insurance
companies  and  companies controlling  them.  Most states,  including Tennessee,
where  Protective  is   domiciled,  require  administrative   approval  of   the
acquisition  of control of  an insurance company  domiciled in the  state or the
acquisition  of  control  of  an  insurance  holding  company  whose   insurance
subsidiary is incorporated in the state. In Tennessee, the acquisition of 10% of
the  voting securities of a person is  generally deemed to be the acquisition of
control for the purpose  of the insurance holding  company statute and  requires
not only the filing of detailed information concerning the acquiring parties and
the  plan  of  acquisition,  but  also  administrative  approval  prior  to  the
acquisition.
 
   
    Protective is subject to various state statutory and regulatory restrictions
on its ability to pay  dividends to PLC. In  general, dividends up to  specified
levels are considered ordinary and may be paid without prior approval. Dividends
in  larger amounts are subject to approval  by the insurance commissioner of the
state of domicile. The maximum amount  that would qualify as ordinary  dividends
to PLC by Protective in 1997 is
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
   
estimated  to be  $98 million.  No assurance  can be  given that  more stringent
restrictions will not be adopted from time to time by states in which Protective
and its subsidiaries are  domiciled, which restrictions  could have the  effect,
under  certain  circumstances,  of  significantly  reducing  dividends  or other
amounts payable to PLC by Protective without affirmative prior approval by state
regulatory authorities.
    
 
   
    Protective acts  as  a  fiduciary  and  is  subject  to  regulation  by  the
Department of Labor ("DOL") when providing a variety of products and services to
employee  benefit plans governed by the  Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 ("ERISA").  Severe penalties are  imposed by ERISA  on fiduciaries  that
violate  ERISA's prohibited transaction provisions  by breaching their duties to
ERISA covered plans. In  a case decided  by the United  States Supreme Court  in
December  1993 (JOHN HANCOCK  MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY  V. HARRIS TRUST AND
SAVINGS BANK), the  Court concluded  that an insurance  company general  account
contract  that had  been issued  to a  pension plan  should be  divided into its
guaranteed  and  nonguaranteed  components  and  that  certain  ERISA  fiduciary
obligations  applied  with respect  to the  assets underlying  the nonguaranteed
components. Although Protective has  not issued contracts  identical to the  one
involved  in HARRIS TRUST, some of  its policies relating to ERISA-covered plans
may be  deemed  to  have  nonguaranteed components  subject  to  the  principles
announced by the Court.
    
 
   
    The  full extent  to which  HARRIS TRUST  makes the  fiduciary standards and
prohibited transaction  provisions  of  ERISA  applicable  to  all  or  part  of
insurance  company general account assets, however, cannot be determined at this
time. The Supreme Court's opinion did not resolve whether the assets at issue in
the case may  be subject to  ERISA for some  purposes and not  others. The  life
insurance  industry requested that the DOL  issue exemptions from the prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA in  view of HARRIS TRUST.  In July of 1995,  the
DOL  published, in  final form,  a prohibited  transaction class  exemption (PTE
95-60) which exempts  from the prohibited  transaction rules, prospectively  and
retroactively  to January 1, 1975, certain  transactions engaged in by insurance
company general accounts in which employee  benefit plans have an interest.  The
exemption  does not cover  all such transactions, and  the insurance industry is
seeking further relief. Pursuant to the Small Business Job Protection Act signed
into law on August 20,  1996, the DOL is  required to publish final  regulations
clarifying  the  HARRIS  TRUST  decision.  Until  these  and  other  matters are
clarified, Protective is unable to determine whether the decision will result in
any liability and, if so, its nature and scope.
    
 
   
    Existing federal laws  and regulations affect  the taxation of  Protective's
products. Income tax payable by policyholders on investment earnings is deferred
during  the accumulation period of certain  life insurance and annuity products.
Congress has from time to time considered proposals that, if enacted, would have
had an adverse impact on the federal  income tax treatment of such products,  or
would increase the tax deterred status of competing products. If these proposals
were  to  be  adopted, they  could  adversely  affect the  ability  of  all life
insurance companies,  including  Protective, to  sell  such products  and  could
result  in the surrender of existing  contracts and policies. Although it cannot
be predicted whether future legislation  will contain provisions that alter  the
treatment of these products, such provisions are not part of any tax legislation
currently under active consideration in Congress.
    
 
   
    The  Federal  Government has  from  time to  time  advocated changes  to the
current health care delivery  system which will  address both affordability  and
availability  issues. In addition to the federal initiatives, a number of states
are  considering  legislative   programs  that  are   intended  to  affect   the
accessibility  and affordability of health care. Some states have enacted health
care reform legislation. However, in light  of the small relative proportion  of
Protective's  earnings attributable  to group health  insurance, management does
not expect  that either  the federal  or state  proposals will  have a  material
adverse effect on Protective's earnings.
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
    The  Federal Government has advocated the  repeal the Glass-Steagall Act and
certain other legislative  changes, which  would allow banks  to diversify  into
securities  and  other businesses,  including  possibly insurance.  The ultimate
scope and effective  date of  any proposals  are unknown  at this  time and  are
likely  to be modified as  they are considered for  enactment. It is anticipated
that these  proposals may  increase competition  and, therefore,  may  adversely
affect Protective.
    
 
    Additional  issues  related to  regulation  of Protective  are  discussed in
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources" included herein.
 
   
L.  RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
    
 
   
    On  April 8, 1997, Protective entered into a definitive agreement to acquire
all of the outstanding capital stock of West Coast Life Insurance Company ("West
Coast") from  Nationwide  Corporation,  a member  of  the  Nationwide  Insurance
Enterprise, for $257.0 million in cash. The acquisition is subject to regulatory
approvals  and certain  other conditions,  and is  expected to  be financed from
funds internally generated  at Protective. West  Coast's principal products  are
universal  life and  traditional ordinary  life. As  of December  31, 1996, West
Coast had approximately $750.0 million of assets and $150.0 million of statutory
capital and surplus.  In 1996, West  Coast generated $100.0  million of  premium
revenue.  Protective expects  to operate  West Coast  as a  subsidiary, with its
headquarters in California, and retain West Coast's sales force.
    
 
   
    Protective expects that  its various  administrative systems  will have  the
capability  to process transactions  beyond 1999 by the  second quarter of 1998.
The costs to  complete its efforts  to modify  or replace such  systems are  not
expected to be material.
    
 
   
M.  EMPLOYEES
    
 
   
    Protective   had   approximately   1,000   full-time   employees,  including
approximately 800 in  the Home  Office in  Birmingham, Alabama  at December  31,
1996.  These employees are covered by  contributory major medical, dental, group
life, and long-term disability  insurance plans. The cost  of these benefits  in
1996  amounted  to  approximately  $2.4  million  for  Protective.  In addition,
substantially all of  the employees are  covered by a  pension plan.  Protective
also  matches  employee  contributions  to  its  401(k)  Plan.  See  Note  L  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
   
N.  PROPERTIES
    
 
    Protective's administrative office building is  located at 2801 Highway  280
South,   Birmingham,  Alabama.  This  building  includes  the  original  142,000
square-foot building which was completed in 1976 and a second contiguous 220,000
square-foot building  which  was completed  in  1985. In  addition,  parking  is
provided for approximately 1,000 vehicles.
 
   
    Protective  leases administrative space in 4 cities, substantially all under
leases for  periods  of three  to  five years.  The  aggregate monthly  rent  is
approximately $51 thousand.
    
 
   
    Marketing  offices are leased  in 14 cities,  substantially all under leases
for periods of three  to five years  with five leases  running longer than  five
years. The aggregate monthly rent is approximately $43 thousand.
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                        DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The executive officers and directors of Protective are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>   <C>
Drayton Nabers, Jr.   56    Chairman of the Board
 
R. Stephen Briggs     47    Executive Vice President and a Director
 
John D. Johns         45    President and Chief Financial Officer and a Director
 
Ormond L. Bentley     61    Executive Vice President, Group and a Director
 
Deborah J. Long       43    Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary
                              and a Director
 
Jim E. Massengale     54    Executive Vice President, Acquisitions and a
                              Director
 
Danny L. Bentley      39    Senior Vice President, Group and a Director
 
Richard J. Bielen     36    Senior Vice President and a Director
 
Steven A. Schultz     43    Senior Vice President, Financial Institutions and a
                              Director
 
Wayne E. Stuenkel     43    Senior Vice President, Chief Actuary and a Director
 
A. S. Williams III    60    Executive Vice President, Investments and Treasurer
                              and a Director
 
Judy Wilson           38    Senior Vice President, Guaranteed Investment
                              Contracts
 
Carolyn King          46    Senior Vice President, Investment Products and a
                              Director
 
Jerry W. DeFoor       44    Vice President and Controller, and Chief Accounting
                              Officer
</TABLE>
    
 
    All  executive  officers  and  directors  are  elected  annually.  Executive
officers serve  at the  pleasure of  the Board  of Directors  and directors  are
elected  by PLC at the annual meeting of shareholders of Protective. None of the
individuals listed above is related to any  director of PLC or Protective or  to
any executive officer.
 
   
    Mr.  Nabers has been Chairman of the Board and a Director of Protective Life
since August 1996. Mr. Nabers has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of PLC and a Director since  August 1996. From May 1994 to August  1996,
Mr.  Nabers was Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer and
a Director  of PLC.  From May  1992  to May  1994, he  was President  and  Chief
Executive  Officer and  a Director  of PLC. Mr.  Nabers was  President and Chief
Operating Officer and a Director of PLC  from August 1982 until May 1992. He  is
also a director of Energen Corporation, National Bank of Commerce of Birmingham,
and Alabama National Bancorporation.
    
 
   
    Mr.  Briggs has  been Executive Vice  President of PLC  and Protective since
October 1993. From January  1993 to October 1993  he was Senior Vice  President,
Life  Insurance and  Investment Products of  Protective and PLC.  Mr. Briggs had
been Senior Vice President, Ordinary Marketing  of PLC since August 1988 and  of
Protective since April 1986.
    
 
   
    Mr. Johns has been President and Chief Operating Officer of PLC since August
1996  and President of Protective Life since  August 1996. He was Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of PLC and of Protective Life from October
1993 to  August 1996.  From  August 1988  to October  1993,  he served  as  Vice
President and General Counsel of Sonat Inc. He is a director of National Bank of
Commerce of Birmingham and Alabama National Bancorporation.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
    Mr. Ormond L. Bentley has been Executive Vice President, Group of Protective
and PLC since August 1996. From December 1978 to August 1996 he served as Senior
Vice  President,  Group  of  Protective.  He  has  also  served  as  Senior Vice
President, Group of PLC from August 1988 to August 1996.
    
 
   
    Ms. Long has been  Senior Vice President, Secretary  and General Counsel  of
PLC  since November 1996  and of Protective  since September 1996.  Ms. Long was
Senior Vice President and General Counsel of PLC from February 1994 to  November
1996 and of Protective from February 1994 to September 1996. From August 1993 to
January  1994, Ms. Long served as General  Counsel of PLC and from February 1984
to January 1994 she practiced law with  the law firm of Maynard, Cooper &  Gale,
P.C.
    
 
   
    Mr. Massengale has been Executive Vice President, Acquisitions of Protective
and PLC since August 1996. From May 1992 to August 1996 he served as Senior Vice
President  of Protective and PLC.  From May 1989 to  May 1992 Mr. Massengale was
Senior Vice President, Operations and Systems of Protective and PLC.
    
 
   
    Mr. Danny L. Bentley has been Senior Vice President, Group of Protective and
PLC since August  1996. From May  1989 to  August 1996, he  was Vice  President,
Group Marketing of Protective.
    
 
   
    Mr. Bielen has been Senior Vice President, Investments of PLC and Protective
since  August 1996.  From August  1991 to  August 1996,  he was  Vice President,
Investments of Protective.
    
 
   
    Mr. Schultz  has  been  Senior Vice  President,  Financial  Institutions  of
Protective  and  PLC since  March 1993.  Mr. Schultz  served as  Vice President,
Financial Institutions of Protective from February 1989 to March 1993 and of PLC
from February 1993 to March 1993.
    
 
   
    Mr. Stuenkel has been Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary of  Protective
and PLC since March 1987. Mr. Stuenkel is a Fellow in the Society of Actuaries.
    
 
   
    Mr. Williams has been Executive Vice President, Investments and Treasurer of
Protective  and PLC  since August  1996. From  July 1981  to August  1996 he was
Senior Vice President, Investments and Treasurer of PLC and Protective.
    
 
   
    Ms. Wilson has been Senior  Vice President, Guaranteed Investment  Contracts
of  Protective and PLC since January 1995.  From July 1991 to December 31, 1994,
she served as Vice President, Guaranteed Investment Contracts of Protective.
    
 
   
    Ms. King has been Senior Vice President, Investment Products Division of PLC
and of Protective since April 1995. From  August 1994 to March 1995, she  served
as  Senior Vice  President and  Chief Investment  Officer of  Provident Life and
Accident Insurance  Company  and  of  its parent  company,  Provident  Life  and
Accident  Insurance Company  of America.  She served  as President  of Provident
National Assurance Company from November 1987 to March 1995. From November  1986
to  August 1994,  she served  as Vice President  of Provident  Life and Accident
Insurance Company of America.
    
 
   
    Mr. DeFoor  has been  Vice President  and Controller,  and Chief  Accounting
Officer of Protective and PLC since April 1989. Mr. DeFoor is a certified public
accountant.
    
 
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    Executive  officers of  Protective also  serve as  executive officers and/or
directors of one or  more affiliate companies  of PLC. Compensation  allocations
are  made as to each individual's time devoted to duties as an executive officer
of  Protective  and  its  affiliates.  The  following  table  shows  the   total
compensation paid to the named executive officers of Protective by Protective or
any of its affiliates including PLC.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
Of the amounts of total compensation shown in the Summary Compensation Table and
other  executive  compensation  information  below,  approximately  100%  of Mr.
Nabers', Mr. Williams', Mr. Bentley's,  and Mr. Briggs' total compensation,  and
50%  of Mr. Johns' total compensation  is attributable to services performed for
or on  behalf of  Protective. Directors  of Protective  who are  also  employees
receive  no  compensation  in addition  to  their compensation  as  employees of
Protective.
 
    PLC has established a  Deferred Compensation Plan for  Officers of PLC  (the
"Officers'  Plan") whereby eligible officers may voluntarily elect to defer to a
specified date receipt of all or any portion of their Annual Incentive Plan  and
Performance  Share Plan  bonuses. The  bonuses so  deferred are  credited to the
officers in cash  or PLC stock  equivalents or a  combination thereof. The  cash
portion  earns interest  at approximately  PLC's short-term  borrowing rate. The
stock equivalent portion is  credited with dividends in  the form of  additional
stock  equivalents. Deferred  bonuses will  be distributed  in stock  or cash as
specified  by  the  officers  in  accordance  with  the  Officers'  Plan  unless
distribution is accelerated under certain provisions, including upon a change in
control of PLC.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                             LONG-TERM
                                                 ANNUAL COMPENSATION                        COMPENSATION
                                     --------------------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                                                     AWARDS          PAYOUTS
                                                                                   -----------  -----------------
 
                                                                                   SECURITIES
                                                                                   UNDERLYING
                                                                        OTHER       OPTIONS/        LONG-TERM            ALL
                                                                        ANNUAL        SARS       INCENTIVE PLAN         OTHER
 NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION   YEAR    SALARY(1)      BONUS(1)(2)    COMPENSATION      (#)        PAYOUTS(2)(3)    COMPENSATION(4)
             (A)                (B)       (C)             (D)            (E)           (G)             (H)               (I)
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>   <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>          <C>                <C>
 
 DRAYTON NABERS, JR.            1996 $   535,000    $    691,063(5)  $     2,970     150,000    $   757,492(7)     $     4,500
  Chairman of the Board and     1995     499,167         459,000           2,970                    694,733              4,500
  Chief Executive Officer       1994     438,550         400,500           1,188                    624,499              4,500
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 JOHN D. JOHNS                  1996     312,917         306,316(6)          -0-      75,000        166,026              4,500
  President and Chief
    Operating                   1995     282,500         200,000             -0-                    132,964              4,500
  Officer                       1994     268,333         189,000             -0-                     87,041              4,500
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 R. STEPHEN BRIGGS              1996     293,333         181,700             -0-      20,000        249,038(7)           4,500
  Executive Vice President      1995     282,500         190,000           1,056                    262,598              4,500
                                1994     268,333         153,900           3,168                    243,706              4,500
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 A. S. WILLIAMS III             1996     273,333         442,500           5,742      20,000        280,168(7)           4,500
  Senior Vice President,
    Investments                 1995     263,333         240,603           2,970                    299,170              4,500
  and Treasurer                 1994     252,500         153,000           2,970                    263,283              4,500
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 JIM E. MASSENGALE              1996     225,417         148,100             756      20,000        233,474(7)           4,500
  Executive Vice President,     1995     203,333         123,000             753                    252,639              4,500
  Acquisitions                  1994     193,550         117,000             728                    235,020              4,500
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
(1)  Includes amounts that the named  executives may have voluntarily elected to
    contribute to PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan.
    
 
   
(2) Includes amounts  that the  named executives may  have voluntarily  deferred
    under PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers.
    
 
   
(3) For further information, see the "Long-Term Incentive Plan -- Awards In Last
    Fiscal Year" table.
    
 
   
(4) Matching contributions to PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan.
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
   
(5) Includes a one-time bonus award of $205,063 in shares of PLC's Common Stock.
    
 
   
(6) Includes a one-time bonus award of $53,316 in shares of PLC's Common Stock.
    
 
   
(7) 1996 long-term compensation is not yet determinable. The amount shown is the
    best estimate available as of the date hereof.
    
 
   
    The  above table sets forth certain  information for the year ended December
31, 1996  relating to  the Chief  Executive  Officer and  the four  most  highly
compensated executive officers of PLC.
    
 
   
    The  following table sets forth information regarding the stock appreciation
rights granted to named executives during 1996.
    
 
   
                     OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                           GRANT DATE
                                           INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                                  VALUE
                                                                                                         ---------------
 
                                                      PERCENT OF
                                                         TOTAL
                                       NUMBER OF       OPTIONS/
                                       SECURITIES    SARS GRANTED    EXERCISE
                                       UNDERLYING    TO EMPLOYEES       OR      GROSS
                                     OPTION/SARS(1)    IN FISCAL    BASE PRICE   DATE     EXPIRATION       GRANT DATE
               NAME                   GRANTED (#)        YEAR         ($/SB)    PRICE        DATE        PRESENT VALUE $
                (A)                       (B)             (C)          (D)      ($/SB)        (A)            (H)(2)
   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>     <C>              <C>
  Drayton Nabers, Jr.                    150,000          44.4%     $  34,875   $35.00  August 15, 2006  $   1,332,750
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  John D. Johns                           75,000          22.2         34,875    35.00  August 15, 2006        666,375
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  R. Stephen Briggs                       20,000           5.9         34,875    35.00  August 15, 2006        177,700
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A. S. Williams III                      20,000           5.9         34,875    35.00  August 15, 2006        177,700
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Jim E. Massengale                       20,000           5.9         34,875    35.00  August 15, 2006        177,700
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
 
   
(1) The stock appreciation rights are exercisable after five years (earlier upon
    the death,  disability  or  retirement  of  the  executive  or,  in  certain
    circumstances,  upon a change in control  of PLC). Unexercised rights expire
    upon termination of  employment, and  rights exercised  within the  one-year
    period  prior to termination are recoverable by PLC if the executive becomes
    employed by a competitor of PLC.
    
 
   
(2) The stock appreciation rights were valued using the Roll-Geske variation  of
    the  Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Expected volatility was assumed to
    approximately equal  that of  the S&P  Life Insurance  Index or  15%.  Other
    assumptions  include a risk-free  rate of 6.35%, a  dividend yield of 1.97%,
    and an expected time of exercise of August 15, 2002.
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
    The following table sets  forth the value of  the stock appreciation  rights
held  by the  named executives based  upon the value  of the Common  Stock as of
December 31, 1996.
    
 
   
                      AGGREGATED FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                  NUMBER OF
                                  SECURITIES                 VALUE OF
                                  UNDERLYING               UNEXERCISED
                                 UNEXERCISED               IN-THE-MONEY
                               OPTIONS/SARS AT           OPTIONS/SARS AT
                                  FY-END (#)                FY-END ($)
                                 EXERCISABLE/              EXERCISABLE/
          NAME                  UNEXERCISABLE             UNEXERCISABLE
           (A)                       (D)                       (E)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                       <C>
  Drayton Nabers, Jr.               0/150,000              $0/$750,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  John D. Johns                     0/ 75,000               0/ 375,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  R. Stephen Briggs                 0/ 20,000               0/ 100,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A. S. Williams III                0/ 20,000               0/ 100,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Jim E. Massengale                 0/ 20,000               0/ 100,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                             PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN
             LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN -- AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                 ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS UNDER
                                                                            NON-STOCK PRICE-BASED PLANS (IN SHARES)
                                                                           ------------------------------------------
 
                               NUMBER OF           PERFORMANCE OR
                                SHARES,             OTHER PERIOD
                                UNITS OR                UNTIL
                              OTHER RIGHTS          MATURATION OR
          NAME                   (#)(1)                PAYOUT              THRESHOLD          TARGET         MAXIMUM
           (A)                    (B)                    (C)                  (D)              (E)             (F)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                 <C>                      <C>               <C>             <C>
                                 10,650
  Drayton Nabers, Jr.            shares           December 31, 1999           5,325           13,313         18,105
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  John D. Johns               3,880 shares        December 31, 1999           1,940            4,850         6,596
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  R. Stephen Briggs           3,880 shares        December 31, 1999           1,940            4,850         6,596
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A. S. Williams III          2,980 shares        December 31, 1999           1,490            3,725         5,066
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Jim E. Massengale           2,300 shares        December 31, 1998           1,150            2,875         3,910
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
 
   
(1) In the event of  a change in control, payment  will be made with respect  to
    all  outstanding awards based  upon performance at  the target level (which,
    for all outstanding awards, is deemed to be at the seventy-fifth percentile)
    or, if greater, performance  as of the December  31 preceding the change  in
    control.
    
 
   
    In 1996, the Compensation and Management Succession Committee of PLC's Board
of  Directors  awarded  performance shares,  as  indicated, to  the  above named
executives, which  are  not  payable,  if  at all,  until  the  results  of  the
comparison  group of companies for the four-year period ending December 31, 1999
are known.
    
 
   
    With respect to 1996 awards, awarded  to the named executive officers,  125%
of  the  award is  earned  if PLC's  average return  on  average equity  for the
four-year period ranks at the top 25%  of the comparison group. If PLC ranks  at
the  top 10% of the comparison group, 170%  of the award is earned. If PLC ranks
at the median of the comparison group, 50%  of the award is earned and if  PLC's
results are below the
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
median  of  the  comparison  group,  no portion  of  the  award  is  earned. The
Performance  Share  Plan  provides  for  interpolation  between  thresholds   to
determine the exact percentage to be paid.
 
                                  PENSION PLAN
                               PENSION PLAN TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
REMUNERATION                               YEARS OF SERVICE
- ----------       --------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                    15             20             25             30             35
<S>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
$ 125,000        $27,802        $37,070        $46,337        $55,604        $64,872
  150,000         33,802         45,070         56,337         67,604         78,872
  175,000*        39,802         53,070         66,337         79,604         92,872
  200,000*        45,802         61,070         76,337         91,604        106,872
  225,000*        51,802         69,070         86,337        103,604        120,872
  250,000*        57,802         77,070         96,337        115,604        134,872*
  275,000*        63,802         85,070        106,337        127,604*       148,872*
  300,000*        69,802         93,070        116,337        139,604*       162,872*
  400,000*        93,802        125,070*       156,337*       187,604*       218,872*
  500,000*       117,802        157,070*       196,337*       235,604*       274,872*
  600,000*       141,802*       189,070*       236,337*       283,604*       330,872*
  700,000*       165,802*       221,070*       276,337*       331,604*       386,872*
  800,000*       189,802*       253,070*       316,337*       379,604*       442,872*
  900,000*       213,802*       285,070*       356,337*       427,604*       498,872*
1,000,000*       237,802*       317,070*       396,337*       475,604*       554,872*
1,100,000*       261,802*       349,070*       436,337*       523,604*       610,872*
1,200,000*       285,802*       381,070*       476,337*       571,604*       666,872*
1,300,000*       309,802*       413,070*       516,337*       619,604*       722,872*
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
*Current  pension  law  limits  the maximum  annual  benefit  payable  at normal
 retirement age under a defined benefit plan to $125,000 for 1997 and is subject
 to increase in later years. In addition, in 1997, such a plan may not take into
 account annual compensation in  excess of $160,000,  which amount is  similarly
 subject  to increase in later years. PLC's Excess Benefit Plan ("Excess Benefit
 Plan"), adopted effective  September 1, 1984,  and amended and  restated as  of
 January  1,  1989,  provides  for  payment, outside  of  the  PLC  Pension Plan
 ("Pension Plan"),  of the  difference between  (1) the  fully accrued  benefits
 which  would  be  due under  the  Pension  Plan absent  both  of  the aforesaid
 limitations and (2) the  amount actually payable under  the Pension Plan as  so
 limited.
    
 
    The  above table illustrates estimated gross  annual benefits which would be
payable for life in a straight life annuity commencing at normal retirement  age
under  the Pension Plan and  the Excess Benefit Plan  for employees with average
compensation (remuneration under the table above) and years of service. Benefits
in the above table are not reduced by social security or other offset amounts.
 
    Compensation covered by the Pension Plan (for purposes of pension  benefits)
excludes  commissions and performance share  awards and generally corresponds to
that shown under the heading  "Annual Compensation" in the Summary  Compensation
Table.  Compensation is calculated based on the  average of the highest level of
compensation paid during  a period of  36 consecutive whole  months. Only  three
Annual
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
Incentive  Plan bonuses (whether paid or  deferred under a Deferred Compensation
Plan maintained by PLC) may be included in obtaining the average compensation.
 
    The named executives and  their estimated length of  service as of  December
31, 1995 are provided in the following table.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   ------------------------------------------------
 
         NAME                  YEARS OF SERVICE
- -----------------------  -----------------------------
<S>                      <C>
    Drayton Nabers, Jr.                   18
    John D. Johns                          3
    R. Stephen Briggs                     25
    A. S. Williams III                    32
    Jim E. Massengale                     13
- ------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                             ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
    
 
    PLC  has entered into  Severance Compensation Agreements  with all executive
officers and  several  other  officers. These  agreements  provide  for  certain
payments  upon termination of employment or  reduction in duties or compensation
following certain events constituting a "change in control". The agreements  may
be  terminated or  modified by  the Board of  Directors at  any time  prior to a
change in control. The benefits granted  upon termination of employment are  (i)
continuation  (for  up  to  twenty-four  months)  in  PLC's  hospital,  medical,
accident, disability,  and life  insurance plans  as provided  to the  executive
immediately  prior to the date of his  termination of employment and (ii) a plan
distribution. The distribution shall consist of  (1) the payment in full of  all
pending  performance share awards  as if fully  earned, using the  higher of the
market price or  price of PLC's  Common Stock in  the transaction effecting  the
change  in control, and (2)  delivery of an annuity  to equal increased benefits
under the Pension Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan resulting from an  additional
three  years  of credited  service  (subject to  the  Pension Plan's  maximum on
crediting service).
 
    The maximum benefits  are limited to  two times the  sum of the  executive's
most recent annualized base salary plus the last earned bonus under PLC's Annual
Incentive  Plan  (not  to exceed  certain  tax law  limitations).  The Severance
Compensation Agreements  also provide  that if  the Performance  Share Plan  has
terminated  before the time of payment of benefits, the amount of benefits under
the Severance Compensation  Agreements would be  reduced by any  payment to  the
executive due to the termination of the Performance Share Plan.
 
   
    The  Board of Directors of  PLC has authorized PLC  to enter into Employment
Continuation Agreements  with each  of the  named executives  which provide  for
certain  benefits  in  the  event such  executive's  employment  is  actually or
constructively (by means of  a reduction in  duties or compensation)  terminated
following  certain  events constituting  a  "change in  control".  Such benefits
include (i) a payment equal to three times the sum of the annual base salary  in
effect  at the time  of the change  in control and  the average annual incentive
plan  bonus  for  the  three  years  preceding  the  change  in  control;   (ii)
continuation  (for  twenty-four months)  in  PLC's hospital,  medical, accident,
disability, and life insurance  plans as provided  to the executive  immediately
prior to the date of his termination of employment; (iii) delivery of an annuity
to  equal increased benefits under the Pension  Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan
resulting from an  additional three years  of credited service  (subject to  the
Pension Plan's maximum on crediting service); and (iv) an additional payment, if
necessary,  to reimburse the executive for any additional tax (other than normal
Federal, state and  local income  taxes) incurred as  a result  of any  benefits
received in connection with the change in control.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
   
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
    
 
   
    The   members  of  the  Compensation  and  Management  Succession  Committee
("Committee") are  Messrs.  McMahon  (Chairman),  Woods,  Dahlberg,  Kuehn,  and
Sklenar.  No member of the Committee was an officer or employee of PLC or any of
its subsidiaries at any time during 1996.  Also, no member of the Committee  was
formerly an officer of PLC or any of its subsidiaries.
    
 
   
    Mr.  Dahlberg is  the Chairman of  the Board, President  and Chief Executive
Officer of The  Southern Company. PLC  is a  25% member of  a limited  liability
company  which acquired an office building adjacent to PLC's home office from an
affiliate of  The Southern  Company which  continues to  lease portions  of  the
building.  During  1996, the  limited liability  company received  $1,913,930 in
lease payments from affiliates of The Southern Company.
    
 
MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF PLC STOCK
 
   
    No director  or named  executive officer  of Protective  owns any  stock  of
Protective  or of any affiliated corporation except for the shares of PLC common
stock which are shown as owned as of March 1997:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                           OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP (1)
                                        ---------------------------------     PERCENT OF
     NAME AND BENEFICIAL OWNER          SOLE POWER      SHARED POWER (2)      CLASS (1)
- ------------------------------------    -----------     -----------------     ----------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>                   <C>
William J. Rushton III                  641,352(3)             11,094(4)            2.1%
Drayton Nabers, Jr.                     124,664(5)             10,667             *
R. Stephen Briggs                        64,726(6)           -0-                  *
John D. Johns                            14,775(7)          2,100                 *
Ormond L. Bentley                        46,204(8)           -0-                  *
Deborah J. Long                           4,122(9)           -0-                  *
Jim E. Massengale                        57,378(10)          350                  *
Danny L. Bentley                         19,593(11)          -0-                  *
Richard J. Bielen                         7,585(12)          -0-                  *
Wayne E. Stuenkel                        29,179(13)          -0-                  *
A. S. Williams III                       45,605(14)          -0-                  *
Steven A. Schultz                        13,333(15)          -0-                  *
Judy Wilson                               4,472(16)          -0-                  *
Carolyn King                              4,033(17)          -0-                  *
All directors and executive officers
  as a group (14 persons)               1,077,020(18)          24,161(2)            3.6%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
 * less than one percent
 
 (1)  The  number  of  shares  reflected  are  shares  which  under   applicable
    regulations  of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  are deemed  to be
    beneficially owned.  Shares  deemed to  be  beneficially owned,  under  such
    regulations, include shares as to which, directly or indirectly, through any
    contract,  relationship, understanding or otherwise,  either voting power or
    investment power is held or shared. The total number of shares  beneficially
    owned  is subdivided,  where applicable, into  two categories:  shares as to
    which voting/investment  power  is  held  solely  and  shares  as  to  which
    voting/investment  power  is  shared.  Unless  otherwise  indicated  in  the
    following notes, if a beneficial owner has sole
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    power, he has sole  voting and investment power,  and if a beneficial  owner
    has  shared power, he has shared voting and investment power. The percentage
    calculation is based on the aggregate number of shares beneficially owned.
 
 (2) This  column  may include  shares  held in  the  name of  a  spouse,  minor
    children,  or certain other relatives sharing  the same home as the director
    or officer,  or held  by  the director  or officer,  or  the spouse  of  the
    director  or officer, as a trustee or as a custodian for children, as to all
    of which beneficial ownership is disclaimed by the respective directors  and
    officers except as otherwise noted below.
 
   
 (3)  Includes 31,593 shares held  in PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan for
    which Mr. Rushton has sole voting power.
    
 
 (4) Shares owned by the wife of Mr. Rushton.
 
   
 (5) Includes 6,085  shares held in  PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  Nabers  has  sole  voting  power.  Also,  includes  78,103 share
    equivalents allocated to Mr. Nabers' deferred compensation account  pursuant
    to  the  terms  of  PLC's  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Officers. Upon
    distribution, share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC  Common
    Stock.  Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Nabers who will have sole
    voting power over the  shares at that time.  Does not include 150,000  stock
    appreciation rights awarded under PLC's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.
    
 
   
 (6)  Includes 12,937 shares held  in PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan for
    which Mr.  Briggs  has  sole  voting  power.  Also,  includes  27,832  share
    equivalents  allocated to Mr. Briggs' deferred compensation account pursuant
    to the  terms  of  PLC's  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Officers.  Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Briggs who will have  sole
    voting  power over the  shares at that  time. Does not  include 20,000 stock
    appreciation rights awarded under PLC's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.
    
 
   
 (7) Includes 1,184  shares held in  PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  John's  has  sole  voting  power.  Also,  includes  11,391 share
    equivalents allocated to Mr.  Johns' deferred compensation account  pursuant
    to  the  terms  of  PLC's  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Officers. Upon
    distribution, share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC  Common
    Stock.  Such shares will be issued directly  to Mr. Johns who will have sole
    voting power over  the shares at  that time. Does  not include 75,000  stock
    appreciation rights awarded under PLC's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.
    
 
   
 (8)  Includes 3,241 shares  held in PLC's  401(k) and Stock  Ownership Plan for
    which Mr.  Bentley  has  sole  voting power.  Also,  includes  26,987  share
    equivalents   allocated  to  Mr.  Bentley's  deferred  compensation  account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution, share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC  Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Bentley who will have sole
    voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
 (9) Includes 493 shares held in PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan for which
    Ms.  Long  has  sole voting  power.  Also includes  1,079  share equivalents
    allocated to Ms. Long's deferred compensation account pursuant to the  terms
    of  PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan  for Officers. Upon distribution, share
    equivalents will be distributed in shares  of PLC Common Stock. Such  shares
    will  be issued directly to  Ms. Long who will  have sole voting powers over
    the shares at that time.
    
 
   
(10) Includes 14,808 shares  held in PLC's 401(k)  and Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  Massengale has  sole voting  power.  Also includes  16,440 share
    equivalents allocated  to  Mr. Massengale's  deferred  compensation  account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued  directly to Mr. Massengale who will  have
    sole  voting power  over the  shares at that  time. Does  not include 20,000
    stock appreciation rights awarded under PLC's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
   
(11) Includes 4,285  shares held in  PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  Bentley  has  sole  voting  power.  Also  includes  11,254 share
    equivalents  allocated  to  Mr.  Bentley's  deferred  compensation   account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Bentley who will have sole
    voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
(12) Includes 3,847  shares held in  PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which Mr. Bielen has sole voting power.
    
 
   
(13)  Includes 3,063 shares  held in PLC's  401(k) and Stock  Ownership Plan for
    which Mr.  Stuenkel  has  sole  voting power.  Also  includes  21,348  share
    equivalents  allocated  to  Mr.  Stuenkel's  deferred  compensation  account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution, share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC  Common
    Stock.  Such shares will  be issued directly  to Mr. Stuenkel  who will have
    sole voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
(14) Includes 12,588 shares  held in PLC's 401(k)  and Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  Williams  has sole  voting  power. Also,  includes  27,832 share
    equivalents  allocated  to  Mr.  Williams'  deferred  compensation   account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares  will be issued  directly to Mr.  Williams who will  have
    sole  voting power  over the  shares at that  time. Does  not include 20,000
    stock appreciation rights awarded under PLC's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.
    
 
   
(15) Includes 2,635  shares held in  PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which  Mr.  Schultz  has  sole  voting  power.  Also  includes  9,506  share
    equivalents  allocated  to  Mr.  Schultz's  deferred  compensation   account
    pursuant to the terms of PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers. Upon
    distribution,  share equivalents will be distributed in shares of PLC Common
    Stock. Such shares will be issued directly to Mr. Schultz who will have sole
    voting power over the shares at that time.
    
 
   
(16) Includes 2,472  shares held in  PLC's 401(k) and  Stock Ownership Plan  for
    which Ms. Wilson has sole voting power.
    
 
   
(17) Includes 407 shares held in PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan for which
    Ms.  King  has sole  voting power.  Also,  includes 3,626  share equivalents
    allocated to Ms. King's deferred compensation account pursuant to the  terms
    of  PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan  for Officers. Upon distribution, share
    equivalents will be distributed in shares  of PLC Common Stock. Such  shares
    will be issued directly to Ms. King who will have sole voting power over the
    shares at that time.
    
 
   
(18) Included are the interests of the persons as of December 31, 1996 in 91,506
    shares held in PLC's 401(k) and Stock Ownership Plan, which owned a total of
    1,312,410  shares  on  such  date.  Each  401(k)  and  Stock  Ownership Plan
    participant has sole  voting power with  respect to the  shares held in  the
    participant's  accounts.  The  693,120  shares held  in  PLC's  401(k) Stock
    Ownership Plan Trust which have not  been allocated to participants will  be
    voted  by  the  Trustees  in  accordance  with  the  majority  vote  of  all
    participants. Also,  includes 253,120  share  equivalents allocated  to  the
    deferred  compensation  accounts  of participating  directors  and executive
    officers as a  group pursuant to  the PLC's Deferred  Compensation Plan  for
    Directors  Who  Are  Not  Employees  of  the  PLC  and  the  PLC's  Deferred
    Compensation Plan for Officers.
    
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    PLC is a 25% member of a limited liability company which acquired an  office
building adjacent to PLC's home office from an affiliate of The Southern Company
which  continues to  lease portions  of the  building. During  1996, the limited
liability  company  received  $1,913,930  in  lease  payments  from   affiliates
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
   
of  The Southern Company. Mr.  Dahlberg is the Chairman  of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer of The Southern Company.
    
 
                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine
litigation incidental to  the business of  PLC and Protective,  to which PLC  or
Protective  or any  of its subsidiaries  is a  party or of  which any  of PLC or
Protective's properties  is the  subject. For  additional information  regarding
legal  proceedings see Note G to  the Consolidated Financial Statements included
herein.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The consolidated balance  sheets of  Protective Life  Insurance Company  and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and the consolidated statements of
income,  stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1996 and the related financial statement schedules, in
this Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance on the report of  Coopers
&  Lybrand  L.L.P.,  independent  certified  public  accountants,  given  on the
authority of that firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
    
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan, L.L.P. of Washington, D.C. has provided advice
on certain matters relating to federal securities laws.
    
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
    A Registration Statement  has been  filed with the  Securities and  Exchange
Commission  under the  Securities Act  of 1933  as amended  with respect  to the
Contracts. This Prospectus  does not contain  all information set  forth in  the
Registration  Statement, its amendments and exhibits,  to all of which reference
is made  for  further  information  concerning  Protective  and  the  Contracts.
Statements  contained in this Prospectus as to  the content of the Contracts and
other legal instruments  are summaries. For  a complete statement  of the  terms
thereof,  reference  is made  to the  instruments as  filed in  the Registration
Statement.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                            MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
 
    The  Market  Value  Adjustment  is  equal  to  the  Market  Value Adjustment
Percentage indicated  below, applied  to  the amount  of  each full  or  partial
surrender  requested.  We  will  consider  surrendered  amounts  to  be interest
withdrawals first to the extent interest credited during the prior Contract Year
has not yet been withdrawn from the Contract at the time of the full or  partial
surrender. (See "Market Value Adjustment").
 
     MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE = (C - I + 0.25%) X (N/12), WHERE:
 
    C  =  the Treasury  Rate  currently established  for  the same  term  as the
    Guaranteed Period from which the surrender is being made;
 
    I = the Treasury Rate initially  established for the Guaranteed Period  from
    which the surrender is being made;
 
    N  = The number of months remaining  in the Guaranteed Period from which the
    surrender is being made.
 
    The Treasury Rate is the annual  effective interest rate credited to  United
States  Treasury instruments, as published by a nationally recognized source. On
the fifteenth day and the  last day of each month,  the Company will identify  a
Treasury  Rate for  each Guaranteed  Period. The method  used by  the Company to
determine the Treasury  Rates under  this Contract  shall be  consistent and  is
binding upon any Participant, Annuitant and Beneficiary.
 
    A  Surrender Charge will apply during the  first seven years of each Initial
and each  Subsequent Guaranteed  Period.  The Surrender  Charge  is equal  to  a
specified Surrender Charge Percentage (maximum 6%) applied to the amount of each
full or partial surrender requested less any amount available under the Interest
Withdrawals. (See "Surrender Charge").
 
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT AND SURRENDER CHARGE EXAMPLES
  FULL SURRENDER AFTER COMPLETION OF YEAR 3
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEED PERIOD (YEARS):                                      3             5             7           TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Initially --
Annuity Deposit:                                             $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $30,000.00
Guaranteed Interest Rate:                                         5.00%         5.50%         6.00%
Initial Treasury Rate:                                            4.00%         4.50%         5.00%
 
Year 1 --
Beginning of Year Account Value:                             $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $30,000.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                               1.050         1.055         1.060
  = End of Year Account Value:                               $10,500.00    $10,550.00    $10,600.00    $31,650.00
  - Beginning of Year Account Value:                         $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $10,000.00    $30,000.00
  = Interest Earned during Year:                                $500.00       $550.00       $600.00     $1,650.00
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEED PERIOD (YEARS):                                      3             5             7           TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Year 2 --
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Beginning of Year Account Value:                             $10,500.00    $10,550.00    $10,600.00    $31,650.00
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                               1.050         1.055         1.060
  = End of Year Account Value:                               $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  - Beginning of Year Account Value:                         $10,500.00    $10,550.00    $10,600.00    $31,650.00
  = Interest Earned during Year:                                $525.00       $580.25       $636.00     $1,741.25
 
Year 3 --
Beginning of Year Account Value:                             $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  X (1 + Guaranteed Interest Rate):                               1.050         1.055         1.060
  = End of Year Account Value:                               $11,576.25    $11,742.41    $11,910.16    $35,228.82
- - Beginning of Year Account Value:                           $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  = Interest Earned during Year:                                $551.25       $612.16       $674.16     $1,837.57
 
After Completion of Year 3 --
Account Value:                                               $11,576.25    $11,742.41    $11,910.16    $35,228.82
  - Prior Year's Interest:                                      $551.25       $612.16       $674.16     $1,837.57
  = Amount Subject to Surrender Charge and Market Value
    Adjustment:                                              $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
 
Surrender Charge Percentage:                                      0.00%         4.00%         4.00%
  X Subjected Amount:                                        $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  = Surrender Charge:                                             $0.00       $445.21       $449.44       $894.65
 
Number of Months Remaining in the Guaranteed Period:                  0            24            48
 
EXAMPLE #1 -- INCREASING TREASURY RATE ENVIRONMENT
 
Current Treasury Rate:                                            4.75%         5.25%         5.75%
  - Initial Treasury Rate:                                        4.00%         4.50%         5.00%
  + 0.25%:                                                        0.25%         0.25%         0.25%
  X Number Months Remaining / 12:                                  0.00          2.00          4.00
  = Market Value Adjustment Percentage:                           0.00%         2.00%         4.00%
  X Subjected Amount:                                        $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  = Market Value Adjustment:                                      $0.00       $222.60       $449.44       $672.04
 
Account Value:                                               $11,576.25    $11,742.41    $11,910.16    $35,228.82
  - Surrender Charge:                                             $0.00       $445.21       $449.44       $894.65
  - Market Value Adjustment:                                      $0.00       $222.60       $449.44       $672.04
  = Net Account Value:                                       $11,576.25    $11,074.60    $11,011.28    $33,662.13
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTEED PERIOD (YEARS):                                      3             5             7           TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
EXAMPLE #2 -- DECREASING TREASURY RATE ENVIRONMENT
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
 
Current Treasury Rate:                                            3.25%         3.75%         4.25%
  - Initial Treasury Rate:                                        4.00%         4.50%         5.00%
  + 0.25%:                                                        0.25%         0.25%         0.25%
  X Number Months Remaining / 12:                                  0.00          2.00          4.00
  = Market Value Adjustment Percentage:                           0.00%        -1.00%        -2.00%
  X Subjected Amount:                                        $11,025.00    $11,130.25    $11,236.00    $33,391.25
  = Market Value Adjustment:                                      $0.00      ($111.30)     ($224.72)     ($336.02)
 
Account Value:                                               $11,576.25    $11,742.41    $11,910.16    $35,228.82
  - Surrender Charge:                                             $0.00       $445.21       $449.44       $894.65
  - Market Value Adjustment:                                      $0.00      ($111.30)     ($224.72)     ($336.02)
  = Net Account Value:                                       $11,576.25    $11,408.51    $11,685.44    $34,670.20
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
                         MATTERS RELATING TO CONTRACTS
               OFFERED IN CERTAIN STATES AFTER SEPTEMBER 10, 1991
                            AND PRIOR TO MAY 1, 1996
 
   
    THE  FOLLOWING SECTIONS DESCRIBE CONTRACTS  OFFERED AFTER SEPTEMBER 10, 1991
TO MAY  1, 1996.  THE TERMS  DEFINED BELOW,  AND THE  FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS  OF
CERTAIN PROVISIONS SHOULD BE SUBSTITUTED IN THEIR ENTIRETY FOR THE RELATED TERMS
AND  DESCRIPTIONS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THE PAGE REFERENCES LISTED
BELOW INDICATE WHERE IN  THE PROSPECTUS THE  SUBSTITUTED TERMS AND  DESCRIPTIONS
CAN BE FOUND. REFER TO YOUR CONTRACT FOR COMPLETE DETAILS OF THESE PROVISIONS.
    
 
A.  CAPSULE SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT
 
    The  paragraphs  in  the  Capsule Summary  describing  the  guaranteed Death
Benefit, Market Value Adjustment, and Surrender Charge should be revised to read
as follows:
 
        A Surrender Charge will apply during  the first seven years of  each
    Initial  and  each Subsequent  Guaranteed  Period. For  each  Initial or
    Subsequent Guaranteed Period with durations  longer than seven years,  a
    Surrender  Charge  will only  apply during  the  first seven  years. The
    Surrender Charge  is equal  to  six months  of  interest on  the  amount
    withdrawn  from the Sub-Account Value. The Surrender Charge for all full
    and partial surrenders made during  an Initial or Subsequent  Guaranteed
    Period  shall  not exceed,  in  the aggregate,  a  total of  six months'
    interest on the amount  of the Annuity  Deposit or Sub-Account  Value(s)
    originally  allocated in  the case of  an Initial  Guaranteed Period, or
    transferred, in the case  of a Subsequent  Guaranteed Period from  which
    the full or partial surrender is made.
 
        A  Market Value  Adjustment is  applied when  you request  a full or
    partial  surrender  from  a  Sub-Account   prior  to  the  end  of   the
    Sub-Account's  Guaranteed Period.  The Market  Value Adjustment reflects
    the relationship between (i) the  current Guaranteed Interest Rate  that
    we  are crediting for a Guaranteed Period equal to the time remaining in
    the Guaranteed  Period  at  the  time you  request  a  full  or  partial
    surrender,  and (ii) the then  applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate being
    applied to  the Sub-Account  from which  you select  to make  a full  or
    partial surrender.
 
        This  Contract  provides  for  a guaranteed  Death  Benefit.  If any
    Participant dies  before the  Annuity Commencement  Date the  guaranteed
    Death  Benefit will be payable to  the surviving Participant, if any. If
    there is no surviving Participant, the Death Benefit will be paid to the
    Beneficiary named by the Participant.
 
        The guaranteed Death Benefit will equal the Account Value.
 
        If applicable,  the  guaranteed  Death Benefit  for  all  Guaranteed
    Periods will be totalled to obtain the guaranteed Death Benefit payable.
 
        The  Beneficiary will have sixty (60) days from the date of death to
    exercise their right to the guaranteed  Death Benefit. If this right  is
    not  exercised within the 60-day period, any payments will be treated as
    a surrender request, and will be  subject to the surrender charge and  a
    market value adjustment.
 
                                      B-1
<PAGE>
B.  GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS (PAGE 1)
 
    ANNUITY  DEPOSIT(S) -- The Annuity Deposit(s) made will be allocated to each
Guaranteed Period(s) selected under each Contract. Each Annuity Deposit must  be
at  least $5,000 unless approved by the Company. Additional Annuity Deposits can
be made  except in  the  states of  California,  Minnesota, South  Carolina  and
Michigan.
 
    ANNUITANT  -- Annuity payments may depend  upon the continuation of the life
of a person. That person  is called an Annuitant and  is named in the  Contract.
The  Annuitant may  be changed prior  to the Annuity  Commencement Date provided
such change is made in writing on a form acceptable to us.
 
    BENEFICIARY -- PRIMARY  -- The  person named  to receive  the Death  Benefit
under  the  Contract upon  the  death of  any  Participant. You  may  change the
Beneficiary at any time  by sending a request  in Writing to the  Administrative
Office.  Upon the death  of any Participant, the  surviving Participant, if any,
will be the Beneficiary.
 
        CONTINGENT  -- The  person named  to receive  the Death  Benefit if  the
   Primary Beneficiary is not living at any Participant's death.
 
        IRREVOCABLE -- One whose  consent is necessary to change the Beneficiary
   or exercise certain other rights.
 
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- The amount equal to that part of each Annuity  Deposit
allocated  by a Participant to a Sub-Account(s),  or any amount transferred to a
Sub-Account(s) at  the end  of a  Guaranteed Period  increased by  all  interest
credited  and decreased  by amounts due  to previous full  or partial surrenders
(including Surrender  Charges,  Market  Value  Adjustments,  and  Premium  Taxes
thereon) and previous interest withdrawals.
 
    SURRENDER  CHARGE -- A Surrender Charge, if applicable, is deducted from any
Sub-Account Value from which a  full or partial surrender  is made prior to  the
end of an Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Charge is equal
to  six months of interest on the amount withdrawn from a Sub-Account Value. The
Surrender Charge for  all full  and partial  surrenders made  during an  Initial
Guaranteed  Period shall not  exceed, in the  aggregate, a total  of six months'
interest on  the amount  of  the Annuity  Deposit  originally allocated  to  the
Sub-Account(s)  from which the full or  partial surrender is made. The Surrender
Charge for all full and partial  surrenders made during a Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period  shall not exceed, in  the aggregate, a total  of six months' interest on
the amount of the  Sub-Account Value(s) originally  transferred to a  Subsequent
Guaranteed Period from which the full or partial surrender is made.
 
C.  SURRENDER CHARGES (PAGE 7)
 
    A  Surrender Charge,  if applicable,  will be applied  to a  full or partial
surrender from a Sub-Account requested prior to the end of a Guaranteed  Period.
The  Surrender  Charge  is  equal  to  six  months  of  interest  on  the amount
surrendered from a Sub-Account.  The Surrender Charge for  all full and  partial
surrenders  made during  an Initial Guaranteed  Period shall not  exceed, in the
aggregate, a  total  of  six months'  interest  on  the amount  of  the  Annuity
Deposit(s)  originally  allocated  to the  Sub-Account  from which  the  full or
partial surrender  is  made. The  Surrender  Charge  for all  full  and  partial
surrenders  made during a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period shall not exceed, in the
aggregate, a total  of six  months' interest on  the amount  of the  Sub-Account
Value  originally transferred to  a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period from which the
full or  partial  surrender is  made.  Interest will  be  computed at  the  same
interest  rate we  are crediting  the Sub-Account  from which  the withdrawal is
made. The Surrender Charge will be deducted from the remaining Sub-Account Value
from which the full or partial surrender is made. A Surrender Charge will  apply
during  the first seven years of all  Initial Guaranteed Periods, and during the
first seven
 
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
years of all Subsequent Guaranteed Periods.  There is no Surrender Charge  after
the  first seven years of  each Initial or Subsequent  Guaranteed Periods with a
duration greater  than seven  years. In  addition, for  purposes of  determining
amounts  subject to the  Surrender Charge, we  will consider surrendered amounts
first to  be interest  withdrawals,  to the  extent  interest credited  to  your
Sub-Accounts  during  the prior  Contract Year  has not  yet been  withdrawn. No
Surrender Charge  (or Market  Value  Adjustment) is  imposed on  these  interest
withdrawal amounts.
 
    Surrender  Charges and  Market Value Adjustments  will not apply  to full or
partial surrenders made from Sub-Accounts at the end of an Initial or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Value will equal the Sub-Account Value on  this
date.  A  request  for  a surrender  at  the  end of  an  Initial  or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period must  be received in  a form acceptable  to Protective  within
twenty days prior to the end of such Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period.
 
    If the date we receive your request for a full or partial surrender is prior
to  the end of an  Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed  Period, the Surrender Value
will be calculated as of the Surrender Date by the Company as follows:
 
                             [(A X B) - SC] where:
 
<TABLE>
<C>    <C>    <S>
  A      =    the Sub-Account Value of the Sub-Account from which a full or
              partial surrender is requested
  B      =    the Market Value Adjustment described above
 SC      =    the Surrender Charge plus any unpaid Premium Taxes, if applicable
</TABLE>
 
    Protective will, upon the date of receipt of your request, inform you of the
amounts available for full or partial surrenders.
 
    Any full or partial surrender may be subject to Federal and state income tax
and, in some cases, Premium Tax.
 
    Because the Initial and Subsequent Guaranteed Periods may not extend  beyond
the  Annuity Commencement  Date then  in effect,  no Surrender  Charge or Market
Value Adjustment will be deducted upon the application of your Net Account Value
to purchase an Annuity on the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
D.  MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (PAGE 8)
 
    The amount payable on a full or  partial surrender made prior to the end  of
any  Guaranteed Period  may be  adjusted up  or down  by the  application of the
Market Value Adjustment formula.  Such a Market Value  Adjustment is applied  to
the  Sub-Account Value, before it has been  reduced by any Surrender Charge. For
purposes of determining amounts subject to the Market Value Adjustment, we  will
consider  surrendered amounts  first to be  interest withdrawals,  to the extent
interest credited to your  Sub-Accounts during the prior  Contract Year has  not
yet  been withdrawn. No Market Value Adjustment (or Surrender Charge) is imposed
on these interest withdrawal amounts.
 
    The formula which will be used to determine the Market Value Adjustment is:
 
<TABLE>
<C> <C>  <S> <C>
    (1+G)    N/12
    ----
    (1+C)
</TABLE>
 
    g = The Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect for the current Guaranteed Period
(expressed as a decimal, e.g., 1% = .01).
 
                                      B-3
<PAGE>
    c = The current Guaranteed Interest Rate that the Company is offering for  a
Guaranteed  Period  of  a  duration  measured  in  months  as  represented  by N
(expressed as a decimal, e.g., 1% = .01).
 
    N = The number of months from the  Surrender Date to the end of the  current
Guaranteed Period.
 
    In  the case of either  a full or partial  surrender from a Sub-Account, the
Market Value Adjustment will  reflect the relationship  between (i) the  current
Guaranteed  Interest Rate that the Company  is crediting for a Guaranteed Period
equal to the time remaining in  the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period at the  time
you request the surrender, and (ii) the then applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate
being applied to the Sub-Account from which you select to make a full or partial
surrender.
 
    Generally,  if your  Guaranteed Interest Rate  is lower  than the applicable
current Guaranteed Interest Rate being  credited by Protective for a  Guaranteed
Period  equal to the time remaining in the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period, then
the application of the Market Value  Adjustment may result in a Surrender  Value
that  is  less  than the  portion  of  your Annuity  Deposit(s)  allocated  to a
Sub-Account plus  interest  credited  thereon.  Similarly,  if  your  Guaranteed
Interest  Rate is higher  than the applicable  current Guaranteed Interest Rate,
the application of the Market Value  Adjustment may result in a Surrender  Value
that  is greater  than the  portion of  your Annuity  Deposit(s) allocated  to a
Sub-Account plus interest credited thereon.
 
    Since  current  Guaranteed  Interest  Rates  are  based  in  part  upon  the
investment  yields then available to Protective,  the effect of the Market Value
Adjustment will  be  related to  the  levels of  such  yields. It  is  possible,
therefore,  that, should such  yields increase from the  time you purchased your
Contract,  the  effect  of  the  Market  Value  Adjustment,  coupled  with   the
application  of the Surrender  Charge and/or Premium Taxes,  could result in the
amount you receive upon a full surrender  of your Contract being LESS than  your
Annuity Deposit(s).
 
E.  DEATH BENEFIT (PAGE 9)
 
    If  any Participant dies before the  Annuity Commencement Date, a guaranteed
Death Benefit will be payable. With  regard to joint Participants, at the  first
death  of  a  joint Participant  prior  to  the Annuity  Commencement  Date, the
Beneficiary will be the surviving Participant, if any. If there is no  surviving
Participant,  the Death  Benefit will  be paid to  the Beneficiary  named by the
Participant. If  no Beneficiary  designation is  in  effect or  if there  is  no
designated  Beneficiary living, the Death Benefit will  be paid to the estate of
the deceased Participant.
 
    If any  Participant  is  not an  individual,  the  death or  change  of  the
Annuitant will be treated as the death of a Participant.
 
    The  guaranteed  Death Benefit  during an  Initial or  Subsequent Guaranteed
Period will equal the Account Value. The guaranteed Death Benefit is  calculated
as  of the date  of death. If  applicable, the guaranteed  Death Benefit for all
Guaranteed Periods  will be  totalled  to obtain  the guaranteed  Death  Benefit
payable.
 
F.  WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGES
 
    The Company will waive any applicable Surrender Charges in the event you, at
any  time after Contract Year 1, (1) enter  for a period of at least ninety (90)
days a  facility which  is licensed  by the  State and  qualifies as  a  skilled
nursing home facility under Medicare or Medicaid; or (2) you are first diagnosed
as  having a terminal illness by  a physician that is not  related to you or the
Annuitant. The term "terminal illness" is defined in the Contract. Written proof
of a terminal illness satisfactory  to Protective must be submitted.  Protective
reserves  the right to  require an examination  by a physician  of its choice to
verify the
 
                                      B-4
<PAGE>
terminal illness. A Market Value Adjustment  will be imposed if applicable.  The
Waiver  of Surrender  Charges provision  is not available  in all  states due to
applicable insurance laws.
 
G.  ANNUITY BENEFITS (PAGE 10)
 
    OPTION 4 -- The total amount applied  may be used to purchase an annuity  of
any kind issued by us on the date this option is elected.
 
    The  dollar amount of  monthly payments under  each available Annuity Option
for each $1,000  applied is  calculated in  accordance with  annuity tables  set
forth  in the Contract.  These tables are  based on the  1983 Individual Annuity
Mortality Table A projected 4 years with interest at 4% per annum.
 
H.  FEDERAL TAX MATTERS (PAGE 14)
 
    In order to  be treated  as an annuity  contract for  federal tax  purposes,
section 72(s) of the Code requires that contracts that are held by persons other
than  individuals  (other  than contracts  that  are issued  in  connection with
certain Qualified Plans)  contain certain provisions  relating to  distributions
upon  the  death  of  an  annuitant.  Certain  Contracts  do  not  contain these
provisions. The income under such Contracts  is taxable as it accrues. We  issue
Forms 1099 in respect of such Contracts.
 
                                      B-5
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX C
                         MATTERS RELATING TO CONTRACTS
                           OFFERED IN CERTAIN STATES
                          PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER 10, 1991
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SECTIONS DESCRIBE CONTRACTS WITH  A CERTIFICATE DATE PRIOR TO
SEPTEMBER 10, 1991,  AND CERTAIN CONTRACTS  WITH A CERTIFICATE  DATE AFTER  THAT
DATE. THESE CONTRACTS CONTAIN PROVISIONS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE DESCRIBED IN THE
PROSPECTUS.  IN PARTICULAR, SURRENDER CHARGE, DEATH BENEFIT, AND CERTAIN ANNUITY
BENEFIT PROVISIONS MAY BE DIFFERENT. REFER TO YOUR CONTRACT FOR COMPLETE DETAILS
OF THESE PROVISIONS. THE TERMS DEFINED BELOW, AND THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS  OF
CERTAIN PROVISIONS SHOULD BE SUBSTITUTED IN THEIR ENTIRETY FOR THE RELATED TERMS
AND  DESCRIPTIONS FOUND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THE PAGE REFERENCES LISTED
BELOW INDICATE WHERE IN  THE PROSPECTUS THE  SUBSTITUTED TERMS AND  DESCRIPTIONS
CAN BE FOUND.
 
A.  CAPSULE SUMMARY OF THE CONTRACT
 
    The  paragraphs  in  the  Capsule Summary  describing  the  guaranteed Death
Benefit, Market Value Adjustment, and Surrender Charge provided in the  Contract
should be revised to read as follows:
 
        A  Market Value  Adjustment is  applied when  you request  a full or
    partial  surrender  from  a  Sub-Account   prior  to  the  end  of   the
    Sub-Account's  Guaranteed Period.  The Market  Value Adjustment reflects
    the relationship between (i) the  current Guaranteed Interest Rate  that
    we  are crediting for a Guaranteed Period equal to the time remaining in
    the Guaranteed  Period  at  the  time you  request  a  full  or  partial
    surrender,  and (ii) the then  applicable Guaranteed Interest Rate being
    applied to  the Sub-Account  from which  you select  to make  a full  or
    partial  surrender. Since our current guaranteed rates are based in part
    upon the investment yields  available to Protective,  the effect of  the
    Market Value Adjustment will be related to the levels of such yields.
 
        This  Contract  provides  for  a guaranteed  Death  Benefit.  If the
    Annuitant or Participant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date,  the
    guaranteed   Death  Benefit  will  be  payable  to  the  Beneficiary  as
    determined under the  provisions of the  Contract. The guaranteed  Death
    Benefit is calculated as of the date of death.
 
        The guaranteed Death Benefit will equal the Account Value.
 
        If  applicable,  the  guaranteed Death  Benefit  for  all Guaranteed
    Periods will be totalled to obtain the guaranteed Death Benefit payable.
    With regard  to  joint Participants,  at  the  first death  of  a  joint
    Participant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Beneficiary will
    be  the surviving Participant. If the named Beneficiary is the spouse of
    the Participant and if the Annuitant is living, the spouse may elect, in
    lieu  of  receiving  the  guaranteed   Death  Benefit,  to  become   the
    Participant and continue the Contract.
 
B.  GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS (PAGE 1)
 
    ANNUITANT  -- Annuity payments may depend  upon the continuation of the life
of a person. That person  is called an Annuitant and  is named in the  Contract.
The Annuitant cannot be changed.
 
                                      C-1
<PAGE>
    ANNUITY  DEPOSIT(S) -- The Annuity Deposit(s) made will be allocated to each
Guaranteed Period(s) selected under each Contract. Each Annuity Deposit must  be
at least $5,000 unless approved by the Company.
 
    BENEFICIARY  -- PRIMARY  -- The  person named  to receive  the Death Benefit
under the Contract upon the death of either the Annuitant or the Participant, as
applicable.
 
        CONTINGENT  -- The  person named  to receive  the Death  Benefit if  the
   Primary Beneficiary is not living when the Annuitant or Participant dies.
 
        IRREVOCABLE -- One whose  consent is necessary to change the Beneficiary
   or exercise certain other rights.
 
    SUB-ACCOUNT VALUES -- The amount equal to that part of each Annuity  Deposit
allocated  by a Participant to a Sub-Account(s),  or any amount transferred to a
Sub-Account(s) at  the end  of a  Guaranteed Period  increased by  all  interest
credited  and decreased  by amounts due  to previous full  or partial surrenders
(including Surrender  Charges,  Market  Value  Adjustments,  and  Premium  Taxes
thereon) and previous interest withdrawals.
 
    SURRENDER  CHARGE -- A Surrender Charge, if applicable, is deducted from any
Sub-Account Value from which a  full or partial surrender  is made prior to  the
end of an Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Charge is equal
to  six months of interest on the amount withdrawn from a Sub-Account Value. The
Surrender Charge for  all full  and partial  surrenders made  during an  Initial
Guaranteed  Period shall not  exceed, in the  aggregate, a total  of six months'
interest on  the amount  of  the Annuity  Deposit  originally allocated  to  the
Sub-Account(s)  from which the full or  partial surrender is made. The Surrender
Charge for all full and partial  surrenders made during a Subsequent  Guaranteed
Period  shall not exceed, in  the aggregate, a total  of six months' interest on
the amount of the  Sub-Account Value(s) originally  transferred to a  Subsequent
Guaranteed Period from which the full or partial surrender is made.
 
C.  SURRENDER CHARGES (PAGE 7)
 
    A  Surrender Charge,  if applicable,  will be applied  to a  full or partial
surrender from a Sub-Account requested prior to the end of a Guaranteed  Period.
The  Surrender  Charge  is  equal  to  six  months  of  interest  on  the amount
surrendered from a Sub-Account.  The Surrender Charge for  all full and  partial
surrenders  made during  an Initial Guaranteed  Period shall not  exceed, in the
aggregate, a  total  of  six months'  interest  on  the amount  of  the  Annuity
Deposit(s)  originally  allocated  to the  Sub-Account  from which  the  full or
partial surrender  is  made. The  Surrender  Charge  for all  full  and  partial
surrenders  made during a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period shall not exceed, in the
aggregate, a total  of six  months' interest on  the amount  of the  Sub-Account
Value  originally transferred to  a Subsequent Guaranteed  Period from which the
full or  partial  surrender is  made.  Interest will  be  computed at  the  same
interest  rate we  are crediting  the Sub-Account  from which  the withdrawal is
made. The Surrender Charge will be deducted from the remaining Sub-Account Value
from which the full or partial surrender is made. A Surrender Charge will  apply
during  the first seven years of all  Initial Guaranteed Periods, and during the
first seven years of  all Subsequent Guaranteed Periods.  There is no  Surrender
Charge  after the  first seven  years of  each Initial  or Subsequent Guaranteed
Periods with a duration greater than  seven years. In addition, for purposes  of
determining   amounts  subject  to  the   Surrender  Charge,  we  will  consider
surrendered amounts first  to be  interest withdrawals, to  the extent  interest
credited  to your Sub-Accounts during  the prior Contract Year  has not yet been
withdrawn. No Surrender Charge (or Market Value Adjustment) is imposed on  these
interest withdrawal amounts.
 
                                      C-2
<PAGE>
    Surrender  Charges and  Market Value Adjustments  will not apply  to full or
partial surrenders made from Sub-Accounts at the end of an Initial or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period. The Surrender Value will equal the Sub-Account Value on  this
date.  A  request  for  a surrender  at  the  end of  an  Initial  or Subsequent
Guaranteed Period must  be received in  a form acceptable  to Protective  within
twenty days prior to the end of such Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed Period.
 
    If the date we receive your request for a full or partial surrender is prior
to  the end of an  Initial or Subsequent Guaranteed  Period, the Surrender Value
will be calculated as of the Surrender Date by the Company as follows:
 
                             [(A X B) - SC] where:
 
<TABLE>
<C>    <C>    <S>
  A      =    the Sub-Account Value of the Sub-Account from which a full or
              partial surrender is requested
  B      =    the Market Value Adjustment described above
 SC      =    the Surrender Charge plus any unpaid Premium Taxes, if applicable
</TABLE>
 
    Protective will, upon the date of receipt of your request, inform you of the
amounts available for full or partial surrenders.
 
    Any full or partial surrender may be subject to Federal and state income tax
and, in some cases, Premium Tax.
 
    Because the Initial and Subsequent Guaranteed Periods may not extend  beyond
the  Annuity Commencement  Date then  in effect,  no Surrender  Charge or Market
Value Adjustment will be deducted upon the application of your Net Account Value
to purchase an Annuity on the Annuity Commencement Date.
 
D.  MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (PAGE 8)
 
    The amount payable on a full or  partial surrender made prior to the end  of
any  Guaranteed Period  may be  adjusted up  or down  by the  application of the
Market Value Adjustment formula.  Such a Market Value  Adjustment is applied  to
the  Sub-Account Value, before it has been  reduced by any Surrender Charge. For
purposes of determining amounts subject to the Market Value Adjustment, we  will
consider  surrendered amounts  first to be  interest withdrawals,  to the extent
interest credited to your  Sub-Accounts during the prior  Contract Year has  not
yet  been withdrawn. No Market Value Adjustment (or Surrender Charge) is imposed
on these interest withdrawal amounts.
 
    The formula which will be used to determine the Market Value Adjustment is:
 
<TABLE>
<C> <C>  <S> <C>
    (1+G)    N/12
    ----
    (1+C)
</TABLE>
 
    g = The Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect for the current Guaranteed Period
(expressed as a decimal, e.g., 1% = .01).
 
    c = The current Guaranteed Interest Rate that the Company is offering for  a
Guaranteed  Period  of  a  duration  measured  in  months  as  represented  by N
(expressed as a decimal, e.g., 1% = .01).
 
    N = The number of months from the  Surrender Date to the end of the  current
Guaranteed Period.
 
    In  the case of either  a full or partial  surrender from a Sub-Account, the
Market Value Adjustment will  reflect the relationship  between (i) the  current
Guaranteed    Interest    Rate    that   the    Company    is    crediting   for
 
                                      C-3
<PAGE>
a Guaranteed Period equal to the time remaining in the Sub-Account's  Guaranteed
Period  at the  time you  request the  surrender, and  (ii) the  then applicable
Guaranteed Interest Rate being applied to the Sub-Account from which you  select
to make a full or partial surrender.
 
    Generally,  if your  Guaranteed Interest Rate  is lower  than the applicable
current Guaranteed Interest Rate being  credited by Protective for a  Guaranteed
Period  equal to the time remaining in the Sub-Account's Guaranteed Period, then
the application of the Market Value  Adjustment may result in a Surrender  Value
that  is  less  than the  portion  of  your Annuity  Deposit(s)  allocated  to a
Sub-Account plus  interest  credited  thereon.  Similarly,  if  your  Guaranteed
Interest  Rate is higher  than the applicable  current Guaranteed Interest Rate,
the application of the Market Value  Adjustment may result in a Surrender  Value
that  is greater  than the  portion of  your Annuity  Deposit(s) allocated  to a
Sub-Account plus interest credited thereon.
 
    Since  current  Guaranteed  Interest  Rates  are  based  in  part  upon  the
investment  yields then available to Protective,  the effect of the Market Value
Adjustment will  be  related to  the  levels of  such  yields. It  is  possible,
therefore,  that, should such  yields increase from the  time you purchased your
Contract,  the  effect  of  the  Market  Value  Adjustment,  coupled  with   the
application  of the Surrender  Charge and/or Premium Taxes,  could result in the
amount you receive upon a full surrender  of your Contract being LESS than  your
Annuity Deposit(s).
 
E.  DEATH BENEFIT (PAGE 9)
 
    If  an Annuitant or Participant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, a
guaranteed Death  Benefit  will be  payable  to  the Beneficiary  named  by  the
Participant  or Annuitant as the case may be. With regard to joint Participants,
at the first  death of  a joint Participant  prior to  the Annuity  Commencement
Date, the Beneficiary will be the surviving Participant.
 
    The  guaranteed  Death Benefit  during an  Initial or  Subsequent Guaranteed
Period will equal the Account Value. The guaranteed Death Benefit is  calculated
as  of the date  of death. If  applicable, the guaranteed  Death Benefit for all
Guaranteed Periods  will be  totalled  to obtain  the guaranteed  Death  Benefit
payable.
 
    If  the Beneficiary is  the surviving spouse of  the deceased Participant or
deceased Annuitant,  the  guaranteed Death  Benefit  may  be taken  in  one  sum
immediately  or it  may be  applied under any  of the  Annuity Options available
under the Contract. However,  if the Beneficiary is  the spouse of the  deceased
Participant,  and if the Annuitant is living,  such spouse may elect, in lieu of
receiving the guaranteed Death Benefit,  to become the Participant and  continue
the Contract.
 
    For  any  Beneficiary  who  is  not the  surviving  spouse  of  the deceased
Participant or deceased Annuitant, the guaranteed Death Benefit may be taken  in
one sum immediately or it may be applied under an Annuity Option available under
the  Contract which  either (i)  provides that  all amounts  will be distributed
within 5  years of  the date  of death  or (ii)  provides that  amounts will  be
payable  over the life of the Beneficiary  or over a period not extending beyond
the life  expectancy of  the Beneficiary,  and such  distribution must  commence
within one year of the date of death.
 
F.  WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGES
 
    The Company will waive any applicable Surrender Charges in the event you, at
any  time after Contract Year 1, (1) enter  for a period of at least ninety (90)
days a  facility which  is licensed  by the  State and  qualifies as  a  skilled
nursing home facility under Medicare or Medicaid; or (2) you are first diagnosed
 
                                      C-4
<PAGE>
as  having a terminal illness by  a physician that is not  related to you or the
Annuitant. The term "terminal illness" is defined in the Contract. Written proof
of a terminal illness satisfactory  to Protective must be submitted.  Protective
reserves  the right to  require an examination  by a physician  of its choice to
verify the  terminal illness.  A  Market Value  Adjustment  will be  imposed  if
applicable.  The Waiver of  Surrender Charges provision is  not available in all
states due to applicable insurance laws.
 
G.  ANNUITY BENEFITS (PAGE 10)
 
    1.  ELECTING THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE AND FORM OF ANNUITY (PAGE 10)
 
    Upon application for a  Contract, you select  an Annuity Commencement  Date.
The  Annuity Commencement Date  you choose may never  extend beyond the Contract
Year closest to the Annuitant's 85th birthday. Any request for extension of  the
maximum Annuity Commencement Date must be approved by the Administrative Office.
You may elect to have all of your Net Account Value or a portion thereof applied
on  the Annuity  Commencement Date  under any  of the  Annuity Options described
below. In the absence of such election, the Net Account Value will be applied on
the Annuity Commencement Date under Option 2 -- Life Income With Payments for  a
10 Year Guaranteed Period.
 
    2.  CHANGE OF ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE OR ANNUITY OPTION (PAGE 10)
 
    You may change the Annuity Commencement Date from time to time, but any such
change  must be made in Writing  and received by us within  30 days prior to the
scheduled Annuity  Commencement Date.  In  no event  may Initial  or  Subsequent
Guaranteed Periods extend beyond the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect.
 
G.  ANNUITY OPTIONS (PAGE 11)
 
    OPTION  4 -- The total amount applied may  be used to purchase an annuity of
any kind issued by us on the date this option is elected.
 
    The dollar amount of  monthly payments under  each available Annuity  Option
for  each $1,000  applied is  calculated in  accordance with  annuity tables set
forth in the  Contract. These tables  are based on  the 1983 Individual  Annuity
Mortality Table A projected 4 years with interest at 4% per annum.
 
H.  FEDERAL TAX MATTERS (PAGE 14)
 
    In  order to  be treated  as an annuity  contract for  federal tax purposes,
section 72(s) of the Code requires that contracts that are held by persons other
than individuals  (other  than contracts  that  are issued  in  connection  with
certain  Qualified Plans)  contain certain provisions  relating to distributions
upon the  death  of  an  annuitant.  Certain  Contracts  do  not  contain  these
provisions.  The income under such Contracts is  taxable as it accrues. We issue
Forms 1099 in respect of such Contracts.
 
                                      C-5
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................        F-2
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
  December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994..................................................        F-3
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995.........................        F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the years ended
  December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994..................................................        F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994..................................................        F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................        F-7
 
Financial Statement Schedules:
 
  Schedule III -- Supplementary Insurance Information................................        S-1
 
  Schedule IV -- Reinsurance.........................................................        S-2
</TABLE>
    
 
    All other schedules to the consolidated financial statements required by
Article 7 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or
are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Directors and Stockholder
Protective Life Insurance Company
Birmingham, Alabama
 
   
    We have audited the consolidated financial statements and the financial
statement schedules of Protective Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries listed
in the index on page F-1 of this Form S-1. These financial statements and
financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.
    
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Protective Life
Insurance Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. In addition, in our opinion, the financial
statement schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects,
the information required to be included therein.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
February 11, 1997
Birmingham, Alabama
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                               ----------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
REVENUES
  Premiums and policy fees (net of reinsurance ceded: 1996-$308,174;
    1995-$333,173; 1994-$172,575)............................................  $  462,050  $  411,682  $  402,772
  Net investment income......................................................     498,781     458,433     408,933
  Realized investment gains (losses).........................................       5,510       1,951       6,298
  Other income...............................................................       5,010       1,355      11,977
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  971,351     873,421     829,980
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
  Benefits and settlement expenses (net of reinsurance ceded: 1996-$215,424;
    1995-$247,224; 1994-$112,922)............................................     626,893     553,100     517,110
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..........................      91,001      82,700      88,089
  Other operating expenses (net of reinsurance ceded: 1996-$81,839;
    1995-$84,855; 1994-$14,326)..............................................     128,148     119,888     119,203
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  846,042     755,688     724,402
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX.....................................................     125,309     117,733     105,578
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
  Current....................................................................      44,908      47,009      37,586
  Deferred...................................................................      (2,142)     (6,972)     (4,731)
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                   42,766      40,037      32,855
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
NET INCOME...................................................................  $   82,543  $   77,696  $   72,723
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                DECEMBER 31
                                                                                            --------------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
                                                                                              1996       1995
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
ASSETS
Investments:
  Fixed maturities, at market (amortized cost: 1996-$4,648,525; 1995-$3,789,926)..........  $4,662,997 $3,891,932
  Equity securities, at market (cost: 1996-$31,669; 1995-$35,448).........................     35,250     38,711
  Mortgage loans on real estate...........................................................  1,503,781  1,835,057
  Investment real estate, net of accumulated depreciation (1996-$911; 1995-$1,032)........     14,172     20,788
  Policy loans............................................................................    166,704    143,372
  Other long-term investments.............................................................     29,193     43,875
  Short-term investments..................................................................    101,215     46,891
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
    Total investments.....................................................................  6,513,312  6,020,626
Cash......................................................................................    114,384      6,198
Accrued investment income.................................................................     70,541     61,004
Accounts and premiums receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts (1996-$2,525;
  1995-$2,342)............................................................................     43,469     35,492
Reinsurance receivables...................................................................    332,614    271,018
Deferred policy acquisition costs.........................................................    488,201    410,183
Property and equipment, net...............................................................     35,489     34,211
Receivables from related parties..........................................................                 1,961
Other assets..............................................................................     14,636     13,096
Assets related to separate accounts.......................................................    550,697    324,904
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            $8,163,343 $7,178,693
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
LIABILITIES
Policy liabilities and accruals:
  Future policy benefits and claims.......................................................  $2,448,449 $1,928,154
  Unearned premiums.......................................................................    257,553    193,767
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            2,706,002  2,121,921
Guaranteed investment contract deposits...................................................  2,474,728  2,451,693
Annuity deposits..........................................................................  1,331,067  1,280,069
Other policyholders' funds................................................................    142,221    134,380
Other liabilities.........................................................................    117,847    109,538
Accrued income taxes......................................................................      1,854        838
Deferred income taxes.....................................................................     37,722     67,420
Indebtedness to related parties...........................................................     25,014     34,693
Liabilities related to separate accounts..................................................    550,697    324,904
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
    Total liabilities.....................................................................  7,387,152  6,525,456
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES -- NOTE G
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, $1.00 par value, at redemption value Shares authorized and
  issued: 2,000...........................................................................                 2,000
                                                                                                       ---------
 
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value, shares authorized and issued: 2,000, liquidation
  preference $2,000.......................................................................          2
Common Stock, $1.00 par value.............................................................      5,000      5,000
  Shares authorized and issued: 5,000,000
Additional paid-in capital................................................................    237,992    144,494
Net unrealized gains on investments (net of income tax: 1996-$3,601; 1995-$31,157)........      6,688     57,863
Retained earnings.........................................................................    532,088    449,645
Note receivable from PLC Employee Stock Ownership Plan....................................     (5,579)    (5,765)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
    Total stockholder's equity............................................................    776,191    651,237
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            $8,163,343 $7,178,693
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           NOTE
                                                                                NET                     RECEIVABLE
                                                              ADDITIONAL     UNREALIZED                    FROM          TOTAL
                                          PREFERRED   COMMON   PAID-IN     GAINS (LOSSES)   RETAINED       PLC       STOCKHOLDER'S
                                            STOCK     STOCK    CAPITAL     ON INVESTMENTS   EARNINGS       ESOP         EQUITY
                                          ---------   ------  ----------   --------------   ---------   ----------   -------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>              <C>         <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993..............              $5,000   $126,494      $  39,284      $305,176     $(5,964)      $469,990
  Net income for 1994...................                                                      72,723                     72,723
  Preferred dividends ($425 per share)..                                                        (850)                      (850)
  Decrease in net unrealized gains on
    investments.........................                                      (146,816)                                (146,816)
  Decrease in note receivable from PLC
    ESOP................................                                                                      28             28
                                             --
                                                      ------  ----------   --------------   ---------   ----------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994..............              5,000     126,494       (107,532)      377,049      (5,936)       395,075
  Net income for 1995...................                                                      77,696                     77,696
  Common dividends ($1.00 per share)....                                                      (5,000)                    (5,000)
  Preferred dividends ($50 per share)...                                                        (100)                      (100)
  Increase in net unrealized gains on
    investments.........................                                       165,395                                  165,395
  Capital contribution from PLC.........                         18,000                                                  18,000
  Decrease in note receivable from PLC
    ESOP................................                                                                     171            171
                                             --
                                                      ------  ----------   --------------   ---------   ----------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995..............              5,000     144,494         57,863       449,645      (5,765)       651,237
  Net income for 1996...................                                                      82,543                     82,543
  Redemption feature of preferred stock
    removed-Note I......................     $2                   1,998                                                   2,000
  Preferred dividends ($50 per share)...                                                        (100)                      (100)
  Decrease in net unrealized gains on
    investments.........................                                       (51,175)                                 (51,175)
  Capital contribution from PLC.........                         91,500                                                  91,500
  Decrease in note receivable from PLC
    ESOP................................                                                                     186            186
                                             --
                                                      ------  ----------   --------------   ---------   ----------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1996..............     $2       $5,000   $237,992      $   6,688      $532,088     $(5,579)      $776,191
                                             --
                                             --
                                                      ------  ----------   --------------   ---------   ----------   -------------
                                                      ------  ----------   --------------   ---------   ----------   -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31
                                                                                          ----------------------------------
                                                                                             1996        1995        1994
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income............................................................................  $   82,543  $   77,696  $   72,723
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs...................................      91,001      84,501      88,089
    Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs.................................     (77,078)    (89,266)   (127,566)
    Depreciation expense................................................................       5,333       4,317       4,280
    Deferred income taxes...............................................................      (2,442)     (6,971)     (4,731)
    Accrued income taxes................................................................         893       5,537     (12,182)
    Interest credited to universal life and investment products.........................     280,377     286,710     260,081
    Policy fees assessed on universal life and investment products......................    (116,401)   (100,840)    (85,532)
    Change in accrued investment income and other receivables...........................     (70,987)   (161,924)    (32,242)
    Change in policy liabilities and other policyholder funds of traditional life and
     health products....................................................................     133,621     201,353      61,322
    Change in other liabilities.........................................................       7,209      (3,270)     18,564
    Other (net).........................................................................      (4,281)     (6,634)     (1,475)
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities...............................................     329,788     291,209     241,331
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Maturities and principal reduction of investments:
    Investments available for sale......................................................   1,327,323   2,014,060     386,498
    Other...............................................................................     168,898      78,568     153,945
  Sale of investments:
    Investment available for sale.......................................................   1,569,119   1,523,454     630,095
    Other...............................................................................     568,218     141,184      59,550
  Cost of investments acquired:
    Investments available for sale......................................................  (3,798,631) (3,626,877) (1,807,658)
    Other...............................................................................    (400,322)   (540,648)   (220,839)
  Acquisitions and bulk reinsurance assumptions.........................................     264,126                 106,435
  Purchase of property and equipment....................................................      (6,899)     (5,629)     (4,889)
  Sale of property and equipment........................................................         288         286         470
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
Net cash used in investing activities...................................................    (307,880)   (415,602)   (696,393)
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Borrowings under line of credit arrangements and long-term debt.......................     941,438   1,162,700     572,586
  Capital contribution from PLC.........................................................      91,500      18,000
  Principal payments on line of credit arrangements and long-term debt..................    (941,438) (1,162,700)   (572,704)
  Principal payment on surplus note to PLC..............................................     (10,000)     (4,750)     (9,500)
  Dividends to stockholder..............................................................        (100)     (5,100)       (850)
  Investment product deposits and change in universal life deposits.....................     949,122     908,063   1,417,980
  Investment product withdrawals........................................................    (944,244)   (785,622)   (976,401)
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities...............................................      86,278     130,591     431,111
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
INCREASE(DECREASE) IN CASH..............................................................     108,186       6,198     (23,951)
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR...............................................................       6,198           0      23,951
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
CASH AT END OF YEAR.....................................................................  $  114,384  $    6,198  $        0
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
  Cash paid during the year:
    Interest on debt....................................................................  $    4,633  $    6,029  $    5,029
    Income taxes........................................................................      43,478  $   41,397  $   49,765
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Reduction of principal on note from ESOP..............................................  $      186  $      171  $       28
  Acquisitions and bulk reinsurance assumptions
    Assets acquired.....................................................................  $  296,935  $      613  $  117,349
    Liabilities assumed.................................................................    (364,862)    (21,800)   (166,595)
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
    Net.................................................................................  $  (67,927) $  (21,187) $  (49,246)
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                          ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Protective Life
Insurance Company and subsidiaries ("Protective") are prepared on the basis of
generally accepted accounting principles. Such accounting principles differ from
statutory reporting practices used by insurance companies in reporting to state
regulatory authorities. (See also Note B.)
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make various estimates
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities, as well as the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses.
 
    ENTITIES INCLUDED
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts, after
intercompany eliminations, of Protective Life Insurance Company and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries including Wisconsin National Life Insurance Company
("Wisconsin National") and American Foundation Life Insurance Company ("American
Foundation"). Protective is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Protective Life
Corporation ("PLC"), an insurance holding company.
 
    NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
    Protective markets individual life insurance; group life, health, dental,
and cancer insurance; annuities and investment products; credit life and
disability insurance; and guaranteed investment contracts. Its products are
distributed nationally through independent agents and brokers; through
stockbrokers and financial institutions to their customers; through company
sales representatives; and through other insurance companies. Protective also
seeks to acquire blocks of insurance policies from other insurers.
 
    The operating results of companies in the insurance industry have
historically been subject to significant fluctuations due to competition,
economic conditions, interest rates, investment performance, maintenance of
insurance ratings, and other factors.
 
    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In 1995 Protective adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," and SFAS
No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan -- Income Recognition
and Disclosures." Under these new standards, a loan is considered impaired,
based on current information and events, if it is probable that Protective will
be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due
according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The measurement of
impaired loans is generally based on the present value of expected future cash
flows discounted at the historical effective interest rate, except that all
collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on the fair value
of the collateral. The adoption of this accounting standard did not have a
material effect on Protective's financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    In 1995 PLC adopted SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,"
which changes the way stock-based compensation expense is measured and requires
additional disclosures relating to PLC's stock-based compensation plans. The
adoption of this accounting standard did not have a material effect on PLC's or
Protective's financial statements.
 
    In 1996 Protective adopted SFAS No. 120, "Accounting and Reporting by Mutual
Life Insurance Enterprises and by Insurance Enterprises for Certain
Long-Duration Participating Contracts;" SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of;"
and SFAS No. 122, "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights." The adoption of
these accounting standards did not have a material effect on Protective's
financial statements.
 
    INVESTMENTS
 
    Protective has classified all of its investments in fixed maturities, equity
securities, and short-term investments as "available for sale."
 
    Investments are reported on the following bases less allowances for
uncollectible amounts on investments, if applicable:
 
    - Fixed maturities (bonds, bank loan participations, and redeemable
      preferred stocks) -- at current market value.
 
    - Equity securities (common and nonredeemable preferred stocks) -- at
      current market value.
 
    - Mortgage loans on real estate -- at unpaid balances, adjusted for loan
      origination costs, net of fees, and amortization of premium or discount.
 
    - Investment real estate -- at cost, less allowances for depreciation
      computed on the straight-line method. With respect to real estate acquired
      through foreclosure, cost is the lesser of the loan balance plus
      foreclosure costs or appraised value.
 
    - Policy loans -- at unpaid balances.
 
    - Other long-term investments -- at a variety of methods similar to those
      listed above, as deemed appropriate for the specific investment.
 
    - Short-term investments -- at cost, which approximates current market
      value.
 
    Substantially all short-term investments have maturities of three months or
less at the time of acquisition and include approximately $3.4 million in bank
deposits voluntarily restricted as to withdrawal.
 
    As prescribed by SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities," certain investments are recorded at their market values
with the resulting unrealized gains and losses reduced by a related adjustment
to deferred policy acquisition costs, net of income tax, reported as a component
of stockholder's equity. The market values of fixed maturities increase or
decrease as interest
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
rates fall or rise. Therefore, although the adoption of SFAS No. 115 does not
affect Protective's operations, its reported stockholder's equity will fluctuate
significantly as interest rates change.
 
    Protective's balance sheets at December 31, prepared on the basis of
reporting investments at amortized cost rather than at market values, are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1996          1995
                                                                    ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Total investments.................................................  $  6,495,259  $  5,915,357
Deferred policy acquisition costs.................................       495,965       426,432
All other assets..................................................     1,161,830       747,884
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  8,153,054  $  7,089,673
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
Deferred income taxes.............................................  $     34,121  $     36,263
All other liabilities.............................................     7,349,430     6,458,036
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                       7,383,551     6,494,299
Redeemable preferred stock........................................                       2,000
Stockholder's equity..............................................       769,503       593,374
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  8,153,054  $  7,089,673
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized in net
income using the specific identification basis.
 
    DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Protective does not use derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. Combinations of futures contracts and options on treasury notes are
currently being used as hedges for asset/liability management of certain
investments, primarily mortgage loans on real estate, mortgage-backed
securities, and liabilities arising from interest-sensitive products such as
guaranteed investment contracts and individual annuities. Realized investment
gains and losses on such contracts are deferred and amortized over the life of
the hedged asset. Net realized losses of $0.2 million and $15.2 million were
deferred in 1996 and 1995 respectively. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, options
and open futures contracts with notional amounts of $805.0 million and $25.0
million, respectively, had net unrealized losses of $1.9 million and $0.6
million respectively.
 
    Protective uses interest rate swap contracts to convert certain investments
from a variable to a fixed rate of interest. At December 31, 1996, related open
interest rate swap contracts with a notional amount of $150.3 million were in a
$0.7 million net unrealized loss position. At December 31, 1995, related open
interest rate swap contracts with a notional amount of $170.3 million were in a
$1.3 million net unrealized gain position.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    CASH
 
    Cash includes all demand deposits reduced by the amount of outstanding
checks and drafts.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are reported at cost. Protective uses both
accelerated and straight-line methods of depreciation based upon the estimated
useful lives of the assets. Major repairs or improvements are capitalized and
depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Other repairs are
expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of property
and equipment sold or retired are removed from the accounts, and resulting gains
or losses are included in income.
 
    Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1996       1995
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Home office building....................................................  $  36,586  $  35,284
Other, principally furniture and equipment..............................     35,401     30,356
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             71,987     65,640
Accumulated depreciation................................................     36,498     31,429
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          $  35,489  $  34,211
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
 
    Protective operates separate accounts, some in which Protective bears the
investment risk and others in which the investments risk rests with the
contractholder. The assets and liabilities related to separate accounts in which
Protective does not bear the investment risk are valued at market and reported
separately as assets and liabilities related to separate accounts in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
    REVENUES, BENEFITS, CLAIMS, AND EXPENSES
 
    - Traditional Life and Health Insurance Products -- Traditional life
      insurance products consist principally of those products with fixed and
      guaranteed premiums and benefits and include whole life insurance
      policies, term life insurance policies, limited-payment life insurance
      policies, and certain annuities with life contingencies. Life insurance
      and immediate annuity premiums are recognized as revenue when due. Health
      insurance premiums are recognized as revenue over the terms of the
      policies. Benefits and expenses are associated with earned premiums so
      that profits are recognized over the life of the contracts. This is
      accomplished by means of the provision for liabilities for future policy
      benefits and the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
      Liabilities for future policy benefits on traditional life insurance
      products have been computed using a net level method including assumptions
      as to investment yields, mortality, persistency, and other assumptions
      based on Protective's experience modified as necessary to reflect
      anticipated trends and to include provisions for possible adverse
      deviation. Reserve investment yield assumptions are graded and range from
      2.5% to 7.0%. The liability for future policy benefits and claims on
      traditional life and health insurance products includes estimated unpaid
      claims that have been reported to Protective and claims incurred but not
      yet reported. Policy claims are charged to expense in the period that the
      claims are incurred.
 
    Activity in the liability for unpaid claims is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996       1995       1994
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
Balance beginning of year...................................  $   73,642  $  79,462  $  77,191
  Less reinsurance..........................................       3,330      5,024      3,973
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
Net balance beginning of year...............................      70,312     74,438     73,218
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
Incurred related to:
Current year................................................     288,816    217,366    203,453
Prior year..................................................      (2,417)    (8,337)    (6,683)
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
  Total incurred............................................     286,399    209,029    196,770
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
Paid related to:
Current year................................................     197,163    164,321    148,548
Prior year..................................................      57,812     48,834     47,002
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
  Total paid................................................     254,975    213,155    195,550
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
Net balance end of year.....................................     101,736     70,312     74,438
  Plus reinsurance..........................................       6,423      3,330      5,024
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
Balance end of year.........................................  $  108,159  $  73,642  $  79,462
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    - Universal Life and Investment Products -- Universal life and investment
      products include universal life insurance, guaranteed investment
      contracts, deferred annuities, and annuities without life contingencies.
      Revenues for universal life and investment products consist of policy fees
      that have been assessed against policy account balances for the costs of
      insurance, policy administration, and surrenders. That is, universal life
      and investment product deposits are not considered revenues in accordance
      with generally accepted accounting principles. Benefit reserves for
      universal life and investment products represent policy account balances
      before applicable surrender charges plus certain deferred policy
      initiation fees that are recognized in income over the term of the
      policies. Policy benefits and claims that are charged to expense include
      benefit claims incurred in the period
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
     in excess of related policy account balances and interest credited to
      policy account balances. Interest credit rates for universal life and
      investment products ranged from 3.0% to 9.4% in 1996.
 
      At December 31, 1996, Protective estimates the fair value of its
      guaranteed investment contracts to be $2,462.0 million using discounted
      cash flows. The surrender value of Protective's annuities which
      approximates fair value was $1,322.3 million.
 
    - Policy Acquisition Costs -- Commissions and other costs of acquiring
      traditional life and health insurance, universal life insurance, and
      investment products that vary with and are primarily related to the
      production of new business have been deferred. Traditional life and health
      insurance acquisition costs are amortized over the premium-payment period
      of the related policies in proportion to the ratio of annual premium
      income to total anticipated premium income. Acquisition costs for
      universal life and investment products are being amortized over the lives
      of the policies in relation to the present value of estimated gross
      profits from surrender charges and investment, mortality, and expense
      margins. Under SFAS No. 97, "Accounting and Reporting by Insurance
      Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and
      Losses from the Sale of Investments," Protective makes certain assumptions
      regarding the mortality, persistency, expenses, and interest rates it
      expects to experience in future periods. These assumptions are to be best
      estimates and are to be periodically updated whenever actual experience
      and/or expectations for the future change from initial assumptions.
      Additionally, relating to SFAS No. 115, these costs have been adjusted by
      an amount equal to the amortization that would have been recorded if
      unrealized gains or losses on investments associated with Protective's
      universal life and investment products had been realized.
 
    The cost to acquire blocks of insurance representing the present value of
future profits from such blocks of insurance is also included in deferred policy
acquisition costs. For acquisitions occurring after 1988, Protective amortizes
the present value of future profits over the premium payment period including
accrued interest at 8%. The unamortized present value of future profits for such
acquisitions was approximately $138.2 million and $102.5 million at December 31,
1996 and 1995, respectively. During 1996 $57.6 million of present value of
future profits on acquisitions made during the year was capitalized, and $10.8
million was amortized. The unamortized present value of future profits for all
acquisitions was $155.9 million at December 31, 1996 and $123.9 million at
December 31, 1995.
 
    PARTICIPATING POLICIES
 
    Participating business comprises approximately 1% of the individual life
insurance in force and 2% of the individual life insurance premium income.
Policyholder dividends totaled $4.1 million in 1996 and $2.6 million in 1995 and
1994.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE A -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Protective uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income
taxes. Income tax provisions are generally based on income reported for
financial statement purposes. Deferred federal income taxes arise from the
recognition of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities
determined for financial reporting purposes and the bases determined for income
tax purposes. Such temporary differences are principally related to the deferral
of policy acquisition costs and the provision for future policy benefits and
expenses.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported
financial statements and accompanying notes to make the prior year amounts
comparable to those of the current year. Such reclassifications had no effect on
net income, total assets, or stockholder's equity.
 
NOTE B -- RECONCILIATION WITH STATUTORY REPORTING PRACTICES
 
   
    Financial statements prepared in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles ("GAAP") differ in some respects from the statutory
accounting practices prescribed or permitted by insurance regulatory
authorities. The most significant differences are: (a) acquisition costs of
obtaining new business are deferred and amortized over the approximate life of
the policies rather than charged to operations as incurred, (b) benefit
liabilities are computed using a net level method and are based on realistic
estimates of expected mortality, interest, and withdrawals as adjusted to
provide for possible unfavorable deviation from such assumptions, (c) deferred
income taxes are provided for temporary differences between financial and
taxable earnings, (d) the Asset Valuation Reserve and Interest Maintenance
Reserve are restored to stockholder's equity, (e) furniture and equipment,
agents' debit balances, and prepaid expenses are reported as assets rather than
being charged directly to surplus (referred to as nonadmitted items), (f)
certain items of interest income, principally accrual of mortgage and bond
discounts are amortized differently, and (g) bonds are stated at market instead
of amortized cost.
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE B -- RECONCILIATION WITH STATUTORY REPORTING PRACTICES (CONTINUED)
    The reconciliations of net income and stockholder's equity prepared in
conformity with statutory reporting practices to that reported in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NET INCOME                  STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                                                            -------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                              1996       1995       1994       1996       1995       1994
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
In conformity with statutory reporting practices:
  Protective Life Insurance Company.......................  $  97,779  $ 105,744  $  54,812  $ 454,320  $ 322,416  $ 304,858
  Wisconsin National Life Insurance Company...............     15,011     10,954     10,132     66,577     62,529     57,268
  American Foundation Life Insurance Company..............      2,558      3,330      3,072     18,031     18,781     20,327
  Capital Investors Life Insurance Company................         81        182        170      1,458      1,315      1,125
  Empire General Life Assurance Corporation...............        905      1,003        690     20,509     20,685     21,270
  Protective Life Insurance Corporation of Alabama........        484        546         69      2,660      2,675      2,133
  Protective Life Insurance Company of Kentucky...........         19                            3,030
  Community National Assurance Company....................                                       5,100
  Consolidation elimination...............................    (14,500)    (6,500)             (115,365)  (103,985)  (100,123)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              102,337    115,259     68,945    456,320    324,416    306,858
Additions (deductions) by adjustment:
  Deferred policy acquisition costs, net of
    amortization..........................................     (2,830)      (765)    41,718    488,201    410,183    434,200
  Policy liabilities and accruals.........................    (11,633)   (48,330)   (34,632)  (192,628)  (186,512)  (140,298)
  Deferred income tax.....................................      2,142      6,972      4,731    (37,722)   (67,420)    14,667
  Asset Valuation Reserve.................................                                      64,233    105,769     24,925
  Interest Maintenance Reserve............................     (2,142)    (1,235)    (1,716)    17,682     14,412      3,583
  Nonadmitted items.......................................                                      21,610     20,603     21,445
  Timing and valuation differences on mortgage loans on
    real estate and fixed maturity investments............      5,913       (619)      (961)    (1,708)    27,158      6,258
  Net unrealized gains and losses on investments..........                                       4,361     55,765   (106,913)
  Realized investment gains (losses)......................       (468)     6,781     (6,664)
  Noninsurance affiliates.................................     11,104        (22)              154,143         (9)         0
  Consolidation elimination...............................    (16,858)     2,515     (4,415)  (191,049)   (46,222)  (162,835)
  Other adjustments, net..................................     (5,022)    (2,860)     5,717     (7,252)    (4,906)    (4,815)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
In conformity with generally accepted accounting
  principles..............................................  $  82,543  $  77,696  $  72,723  $ 776,191  $ 653,237  $ 397,075
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS
 
    Major categories of net investment income for the years ended December 31
are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
Fixed maturities.............................................................  $  310,353  $  272,942  $  237,264
Equity securities............................................................       2,124       1,338       2,435
Mortgage loans on real estate................................................     153,463     162,135     141,751
Investment real estate.......................................................       1,875       1,855       1,950
Policy loans.................................................................      10,378       8,958       8,397
Other, principally short-term investments....................................      51,637      40,348      35,062
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  529,830     487,576     426,859
Investment expenses..........................................................      31,049      29,143      17,926
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               $  498,781  $  458,433  $  408,933
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Realized investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31 are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Fixed maturities..............................................  $  (7,101) $   6,118  $  (8,646)
Equity securities.............................................      1,733         44      7,735
Mortgage loans and other investments..........................     10,878     (4,211)     7,209
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                $   5,510  $   1,951  $   6,298
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Protective has established an allowance for uncollectible amounts on
investments. The allowance totaled $30.9 million at December 31, 1996 and $32.7
million at December 31, 1995. Additions and reductions to the allowance are
included in realized investment gains (losses). Without such additions/
reductions, Protective had net realized investment gains of $3.7 million in
1996, net realized investment losses of $0.5 million in 1995, and net realized
investment gains of $6.3 million in 1994.
 
    In 1996, gross gains on the sale of investments available for sale (fixed
maturities, equity securities and short-term investments) were $6.9 million and
gross losses were $11.8 million. In 1995, gross gains were $18.0 million and
gross losses were $11.8 million. In 1994, gross gains on the sale of fixed
maturities were $15.2 million and gross losses were $16.4 million.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
    The amortized cost and estimated market values of Protective's investments
classified as available for sale at December 31 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                GROSS        GROSS      ESTIMATED
                                                                AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      MARKET
1996                                                               COST         GAINS       LOSSES        VALUES
- -------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities:
  Bonds:
    Mortgage-backed..........................................  $  2,192,978   $  29,925    $  20,810   $  2,202,093
    United States Government and authorities.................       348,318         661        1,377        347,602
    States, municipalities, and political subdivisions.......         5,515          47            9          5,553
    Public utilities.........................................       364,692       2,205          337        366,560
    Convertibles and bonds with warrants.....................           679           0          158            521
    All other corporate bonds................................     1,679,276      33,879       29,388      1,683,767
  Bank loan participations...................................        49,829           0            0         49,829
  Redeemable preferred stocks................................         7,238          60          226          7,072
                                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                  4,648,525      66,777       52,305      4,662,997
Equity securities............................................        31,669       9,570        5,989         35,250
Short-term investments.......................................       101,215           0            0        101,215
                                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                               $  4,781,409   $  76,347    $  58,294   $  4,799,462
                                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                GROSS        GROSS      ESTIMATED
                                                                AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED      MARKET
1995                                                               COST         GAINS       LOSSES        VALUES
- -------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities:
  Bonds:
    Mortgage-backed..........................................  $  2,006,858   $  46,934    $   4,017   $  2,049,775
    United States Government and authorities.................       105,388       2,290          101        107,577
    States, municipalities, and political subdivisions.......        10,888         702            0         11,590
    Public utilities.........................................       322,110       5,904          770        327,244
    Convertibles and bonds with warrants.....................           638           0          145            493
    All other corporate bonds................................     1,117,376      59,045        7,573      1,168,848
  Bank loan participations...................................       220,811           0            0        220,811
  Redeemable preferred stocks................................         5,857          61          324          5,594
                                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                  3,789,926     114,936       12,930      3,891,932
Equity securities............................................        35,448       6,438        3,175         38,711
Short-term investments.......................................        46,891           0            0         46,891
                                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                               $  3,872,265   $ 121,374    $  16,105   $  3,977,534
                                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                               ------------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
    The amortized cost and estimated market values of fixed maturities at
December 31, by expected maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities are
derived from rates of prepayment that may differ from actual rates of
prepayment.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   ESTIMATED
                                                                     AMORTIZED       MARKET
1996                                                                    COST         VALUES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Due in one year or less...........................................  $    417,463  $    420,774
Due after one year through five years.............................     1,547,805     1,546,278
Due after five years through ten years............................     2,090,149     2,095,781
Due after ten years...............................................       593,108       600,164
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  4,648,525  $  4,662,997
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   ESTIMATED
                                                                     AMORTIZED       MARKET
1995                                                                    COST         VALUES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Due in one year or less...........................................  $    409,514  $    411,839
Due after one year through five years.............................     1,087,735     1,101,226
Due after five years through ten years............................     1,477,807     1,524,555
Due after ten years...............................................       814,870       854,312
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  3,789,926  $  3,891,932
                                                                    ------------  ------------
                                                                    ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The approximate percentage distribution of Protective's fixed maturity
investments by quality rating at December 31 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RATING                                                                         1996       1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
AAA........................................................................       48.3%      56.1%
AA.........................................................................        4.4        4.5
A..........................................................................       22.6       12.6
BBB
  Bonds....................................................................       21.1       19.0
  Bank loan participations.................................................        0.1        0.4
BB or Less
  Bonds....................................................................        2.5        2.0
  Bank loan participations.................................................        0.9        5.3
Redeemable preferred stocks................................................        0.1        0.1
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                 100.0%     100.0%
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
    At December 31, 1996 and 1995, Protective had bonds which were rated less
than investment grade of $117.5 million and $75.7 million, respectively, having
an amortized cost of $137.0 million and $82.2 million, respectively.
Additionally, Protective had bank loan participations which were rated less than
investment grade of $43.6 million and $206.0 million, respectively, having an
amortized cost of $43.6 million and $206.0 million, respectively.
 
    The change in unrealized gains (losses), net of income tax on fixed maturity
and equity securities for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1996        1995        1994
                                                           ----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>         <C>
Fixed maturities.........................................  $  (56,898) $  199,024  $  (175,723)
Equity securities........................................  $      207  $    2,740  $    (5,342)
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1996, all of Protective's mortgage loans were commercial
loans of which 78% were retail, 8% were office buildings, and 7% were
warehouses. Protective specializes in making mortgage loans on either
credit-oriented or credit-anchored commercial properties, most of which are
strip shopping centers in smaller towns and cities. No single tenant's leased
space represents more than 4% of mortgage loans. Approximately 84% of the
mortgage loans are on properties located in the following states listed in
decreasing order of significance: South Carolina, Florida, Georgia, Tennessee,
Texas, North Carolina, Alabama, Virginia, Mississippi, Kentucky, Ohio, Indiana,
Arizona, and Washington.
 
    Many of the mortgage loans have call provisions after five to seven years.
Assuming the loans are called at their next call dates, approximately $126.7
million would become due in 1997, $761.8 million in 1998 to 2001, and $250.8
million in 2002 to 2006.
 
    At December 31, 1996, the average mortgage loan was $1.7 million, and the
weighted average interest rate was 9.3%. The largest single mortgage loan was
$13.6 million. While Protective's mortgage loans do not have quoted market
values, at December 31,1996 and 1995, Protective estimates the market value of
its mortgage loans to be $1,581.7 million and $2,001.1 million, respectively,
using discounted cash flows from the next call date.
 
    At December 31, 1996 and 1995, Protective's problem mortgage loans and
foreclosed properties totaled $23.7 million and $26.1 million, respectively.
Protective's mortgage loans are collateralized by real estate, any assessment of
impairment is based upon the estimated fair value of the real estate. Based on
Protective's evaluation of its mortgage loan portfolio, Protective does not
expect any material losses on its mortgage loans.
 
    Certain investments, principally real estate, with a carrying value of $18.8
million were nonincome producing for the twelve months ended December 31, 1996.
 
    Protective believes it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its
policy loans since there is no stated maturity, and policy loans are often
repaid by reductions to policy benefits. Policy loan interest rates
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE C -- INVESTMENT OPERATIONS (CONTINUED)
generally range from 4.5% to 8.0%. The fair values of Protective's other
long-term investments approximate cost.
 
NOTE D -- FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
    Protective's effective income tax rate varied from the maximum federal
income tax rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1996       1995       1994
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate applied to pretax income.........................       35.0%      35.0%      35.0%
Dividends received deduction and tax-exempt interest...............................       (0.4)      (0.5)      (0.4)
Low-income housing credit..........................................................       (0.6)      (0.7)      (0.7)
Tax benefits arising from prior acquisitions and other adjustments.................        0.1        0.2       (2.8)
                                                                                           ---        ---        ---
Effective income tax rate..........................................................       34.1%      34.0%      31.1%
                                                                                           ---        ---        ---
                                                                                           ---        ---        ---
</TABLE>
 
    The provision for federal income tax differs from amounts currently payable
due to certain items reported for financial statement purposes in periods which
differ from those in which they are reported for income tax purposes.
 
    Details of the deferred income tax provision for the years ended December 31
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1996        1995        1994
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
Deferred policy acquisition costs.............................................  $  (16,321) $  (11,606) $   34,561
Benefit and other policy liability changes....................................      15,542      52,496     (52,288)
Temporary differences of investment income....................................      (1,163)    (34,175)     15,524
Other items...................................................................        (200)    (13,687)     (2,528)
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                $   (2,142) $   (6,972) $   (4,731)
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE D -- FEDERAL INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The components of Protective's net deferred income tax liability as of
December 31 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               1996        1995
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
Deferred income tax assets
  Policy and policyholder liability reserves..............................................  $   80,151  $   63,830
  Other...................................................................................       2,503       2,303
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                                82,654      66,133
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Deferred policy acquisition costs.......................................................     117,696     102,154
  Unrealized gain on investments..........................................................       2,680      31,399
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                               120,376     133,553
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
  Net deferred income tax liability.......................................................  $   37,722  $   67,420
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Under pre-1984 life insurance company income tax laws, a portion of
Protective's gain from operations which was not subject to current income
taxation was accumulated for income tax purposes in a memorandum account
designated as Policyholders' Surplus. The aggregate accumulation in this account
at December 31, 1996 was approximately $50.7 million. Should the accumulation in
the Policyholders' Surplus account exceed certain stated maximums, or should
distributions including cash dividends be made to PLC in excess of approximately
$439 million, such excess would be subject to federal income taxes at rates then
effective. Deferred income taxes have not been provided on amounts designated as
Policyholders' Surplus. Protective does not anticipate involuntarily paying
income tax on amounts in the Policyholders' Surplus accounts.
 
    Protective's income tax returns are included in the consolidated income tax
returns of PLC. The allocation of income tax liabilities among affiliates is
based upon separate income tax return calculations.
 
NOTE E -- DEBT
 
    At December 31, 1996, PLC had borrowed under a term note that contains,
among other provisions, requirements for maintaining certain financial ratios,
and restrictions on indebtedness incurred by PLC's subsidiaries including
Protective. Additionally, PLC, on a consolidated basis, cannot incur debt in
excess of 50% of its total capital.
 
    Protective has arranged sources of credit to temporarily fund scheduled
investment commitments. Protective expects that the rate received on its
investments will equal or exceed its borrowing rate. Protective had no such
temporary borrowings outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
    Included in indebtedness to related parties are three surplus debentures
issued by Protective to PLC. At December 31, 1996, the balance of the three
surplus debentures combined was $24.7 million. Future maturities of these
debentures are $4.7 million in 1997 and $20.0 million in 2003.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE E -- DEBT (CONTINUED)
    Interest expense on borrowed money totaled $4.6 million, $6.0 million, and
$5.0 million, in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
 
NOTE F -- ACQUISITIONS
 
    In June 1995 Protective acquired through coinsurance a block of term life
insurance policies. In January 1996 Protective acquired through coinsurance a
block of life insurance policies. In June 1996 Protective acquired through
coinsurance a block of credit life insurance policies. In December 1996
Protective acquired a small life insurance company and acquired through
coinsurance a block of life insurance policies.
 
    These transactions have been accounted for as purchases, and the results of
the transactions have been included in the accompanying financial statements
since the effective dates of the agreements.
 
NOTE G -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
    Under insurance guaranty fund laws, in most states, insurance companies
doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder
losses incurred by insolvent companies. Protective does not believe such
assessments will be materially different from amounts already provided for in
the financial statements. Most of these laws do provide, however, that an
assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own
financial strength.
 
    A number of civil jury verdicts have been returned against life and health
insurers in the jurisdictions in which Protective does business involving the
insurers' sales practices, alleged agent misconduct, failure to properly
supervise agents, and other matters. Increasingly these lawsuits have resulted
in the award of substantial judgments against the insurer that are
disproportionate to the actual damages, including material amounts of punitive
damages. In some states, juries have substantial discretion in awarding punitive
damages which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments
in any given punitive damage suit. Protective and its subsidiaries, like other
life and health insurers, from time to time are involved in such litigation.
Pending litigation includes a class action filed in Jefferson County
(Birmingham), Alabama with respect to cancer premium refunds. Although the
outcome of any litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, Protective
believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits
that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial
position of Protective.
 
NOTE H -- STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY AND RESTRICTIONS
 
    At December 31, 1996, approximately $413 million of consolidated
stockholder's equity excluding net unrealized gains and losses represented net
assets of Protective that cannot be transferred in the form of dividends, loans,
or advances to PLC. In general, dividends up to specified levels are considered
ordinary and may be paid thirty days after written notice to the insurance
commissioner of the state of domicile unless such commissioner objects to the
dividend prior to the expiration of such period. Dividends in larger
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE H -- STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY AND RESTRICTIONS (CONTINUED)
   
amounts are considered extraordinary and are subject to affirmative prior
approval by such commissioner. The maximum amount that would qualify as ordinary
dividends to PLC by Protective in 1997 is estimated to be $98 million.
    
 
NOTE I -- PREFERRED STOCK
 
    PLC owns all of the 2,000 shares of preferred stock issued by Protective's
subsidiary, American Foundation. During 1996, American Foundation's articles of
incorporation were amended such that the preferred stock is redeemable solely at
the discretion of American Foundation. At December 31, 1995 the preferred stock
was reported "Redeemable Preferred Stock", whereas at December 31, 1996 it is
reported as a component of stockholder's equity. The stock pays, when and if
declared, annual minimum cumulative dividends of $50 per share, and
noncumulative participating dividends to the extent American Foundation's
statutory earnings for the immediately preceding fiscal year exceed $1 million.
Dividends of $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.9 million were paid to PLC in
1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
 
NOTE J -- RELATED PARTY MATTERS
 
    Receivables from related parties consisted of receivables from affiliates
under control of PLC in the amount of $2.0 million at December 31, 1995.
Protective routinely receives from or pays to affiliates under the control of
PLC reimbursements for expenses incurred on one another's behalf. Receivables
and payables among affiliates are generally settled monthly.
 
    On August 6, 1990, PLC announced that its Board of Directors approved the
formation of an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"). On December 1, 1990,
Protective transferred to the ESOP 520,000 shares of PLC's common stock held by
it in exchange for a note. The outstanding balance of the note, $5.6 million at
December 31, 1996, is accounted for as a reduction to stockholder's equity. The
stock will be used to match employee contributions to PLC's existing 401(k)
Plan. The ESOP shares are dividend paying. Dividends on the shares are used to
pay the ESOP's note to Protective.
 
    Protective leases furnished office space and computers to affiliates. Lease
revenues were $3.7 million in 1996, $3.1 million in 1995, and $2.8 million in
1994. Protective purchases data processing, legal, investment and management
services from affiliates. The costs of such services were $50.4 million, $38.1
million, and $29.8 million in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. Commissions
paid to affiliated marketing organizations of $7.4 million, $10.9 million, and
$10.1 million in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively, were included in deferred
policy acquisition costs.
 
    Certain corporations with which PLC's directors were affiliated paid
Protective premiums and policy fees for various types of group insurance. Such
premiums and policy fees amounted to $31.2 million, $21.2 million, and $21.1
million in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. Protective and/or PLC paid
commissions, interest, and service fees to these same corporations totaling $5.0
million, $5.3 million, and $4.9 million, in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE J -- RELATED PARTY MATTERS (CONTINUED)
    For a discussion of indebtedness to related parties, see Note E.
 
NOTE K -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS
 
    Protective operates predominantly in the life and accident and health
insurance industry. The following table sets forth total revenues, income before
income tax, and identifiable assets of Protective's business segments. The
primary components of revenues are premiums and policy fees, net investment
income, and realized investment gains and losses. Premiums and policy fees are
attributed directly to each business segment. Net investment income is allocated
based on directly related assets required for transacting that segment of
business. In the 1996 first quarter, Protective changed the way it allocates
certain expenses to its business segments. Accordingly, prior period segment
results have been restated to reflect the change.
 
    Realized investment gains (losses) and expenses are allocated to the
segments in a manner which most appropriately reflects the operations of that
segment. Unallocated realized investment gains (losses) are deemed not to be
associated with any specific segment.
 
    Assets are allocated based on policy liabilities and deferred policy
acquisition costs directly attributable to each segment.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE K -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)
    There are no significant intersegment transactions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996          1995          1994
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
TOTAL REVENUES
Acquisitions............................................................  $    213,199  $    193,544  $    171,259
Financial Institutions..................................................        87,320        72,758       107,481
Group...................................................................       174,971       159,263       148,835
Guaranteed Investment Contracts.........................................       206,407       199,468       184,212
Individual Life.........................................................       169,306       139,424       122,915
Investment Products.....................................................       110,821       104,984        80,076
Corporate and Other.....................................................         2,810         3,059         9,936
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)..........................         6,517           921         5,266
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $    971,351  $    873,421  $    829,980
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Acquisitions............................................................          21.9%         22.2%         20.7%
Financial Institutions..................................................           9.0           8.3          12.9
Group...................................................................          18.0          18.2          17.9
Guaranteed Investment Contracts.........................................          21.3          22.8          22.3
Individual Life.........................................................          17.4          16.0          14.7
Investment Products.....................................................          11.4          12.0           9.7
Corporate and Other.....................................................           0.3           0.4           1.2
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)..........................           0.7           0.1           0.6
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                 100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE K -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX
Acquisitions.................................................................  $   53,564  $   50,376  $   37,719
Financial Institutions.......................................................       8,966       7,701       7,544
Group........................................................................         821       9,107      10,122
Guaranteed Investment Contracts..............................................      32,130      28,979      31,933
Individual Life..............................................................      15,898      16,206      15,957
Investment Products..........................................................       9,823      10,933        (796)
Corporate and Other..........................................................      (2,410)     (6,490)     (2,167)
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)...............................       6,517         921       5,266
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               $  125,309  $  117,733  $  105,578
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Acquisitions.................................................................        42.7%       42.8%       35.7%
Financial Institutions.......................................................         7.2         6.5         7.1
Group........................................................................         0.7         7.7         9.6
Guaranteed Investment Contracts..............................................        25.6        24.6        30.2
Individual Life..............................................................        12.7        13.8        15.1
Investment Products..........................................................         7.8         9.3        (0.7)
Corporate and Other..........................................................        (1.9)       (5.5)       (2.0)
Unallocated Realized Investment Gains (Losses)...............................         5.2         0.8         5.0
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                    100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE K -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996          1995          1994
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS
Acquisitions............................................................  $  1,579,253  $  1,255,542  $  1,204,883
Financial Institutions..................................................       344,866       265,132       211,652
Group...................................................................       233,640       240,222       215,904
Guaranteed Investment Contracts.........................................     2,608,037     2,536,939     2,211,079
Individual Life.........................................................     1,034,960       887,927       752,168
Investment Products.....................................................     1,871,887     1,578,789     1,284,186
Corporate and Other.....................................................       490,700       414,142       230,832
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $  8,163,343  $  7,178,693  $  6,110,704
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Acquisitions............................................................          19.3%         17.5%         19.7%
Financial Institutions..................................................           4.2           3.7           3.5
Group...................................................................           2.9           3.3           3.5
Guaranteed Investment Contracts.........................................          32.0          35.3          36.2
Individual Life.........................................................          12.7          12.4          12.3
Investment Products.....................................................          22.9          22.0          21.0
Corporate and Other.....................................................           6.0           5.8           3.8
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                 100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE L -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    PLC has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of its
employees. The plan is not separable by affiliates participating in the plan.
However, approximately 80% of the participants in the plan are employees of
Protective. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee's
highest thirty-six consecutive months of compensation. PLC's funding policy is
to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum finding
requirements of ERISA plus such additional amounts as PLC may determine to be
appropriate from time to time. Contributions are intended to provide not only
for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be
earned in the future.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE L -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The actuarial present value of benefit obligations and the funded status of
the plan taken as a whole at December 31 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                1996       1995
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                           <C>        <C>
Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits of $14,720 in 1996 and $16,676 in
  1995......................................................................................  $  15,475  $  17,415
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date...................................  $  25,196  $  24,877
Plan assets at fair value (group annuity contract with Protective)..........................     19,779     18,254
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Plan assets less than the projected benefit obligation......................................     (5,417)    (6,623)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed......................      3,559      4,882
Unrecognized prior service cost.............................................................        705        805
Unrecognized net transition asset...........................................................        (67)       (84)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
Net pension liability recognized in balance sheet...........................................  $  (1,220) $  (1,020)
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
                                                                                              ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Net pension cost includes the following components for the years ended
December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1996       1995       1994
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the year...................................  $   1,908  $   1,540  $   1,433
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.....................................      1,793      1,636      1,520
Actual return on plan assets......................................................     (1,674)    (1,358)    (1,333)
Net amortization and deferral.....................................................        374        114        210
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Net pension cost..................................................................  $   2,401  $   1,932  $   1,830
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Protective's share of the net pension cost was $1.5 million, $1.2 million,
and $1.2 million, in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
 
    Assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31 were
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1996       1995       1994
                                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Weighted average discount rate........................................................       7.75%      7.25%      8.00%
Rates of increase in compensation level...............................................       5.75%      5.25%      6.00%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets...........................................       8.50%      8.50%      8.50%
</TABLE>
 
    Assets of the pension plan are included in the general assets of Protective.
Upon retirement, the amount of pension plan assets vested in the retiree is used
to purchase a single premium annuity from Protective in the retiree's name.
Therefore, amounts presented above as plan assets exclude assets relating to
retirees.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE L -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    PLC also sponsors an unfunded Excess Benefits Plan, which is a nonqualified
plan that provides defined pension benefits in excess of limits imposed by
federal income tax law. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the projected benefit
obligation of this plan totaled $7.2 million and $5.7 million, respectively.
 
    In addition to pension benefits, PLC provides limited healthcare benefits to
eligible retired employees until age 65. The postretirement benefit is provided
by an unfunded plan. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the liability for such
benefits totaled $1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The expense
recorded by PLC was $0.1 million in 1996 and $0.2 million in 1995 and 1994.
PLC's obligation is not materially affected by a 1% change in the healthcare
cost trend assumptions used in the calculation of the obligation.
 
    Life insurance benefits for retirees are provided through the purchase of
life insurance policies upon retirement equal to the employees' annual
compensation. This plan is partially funded at a maximum of $50,000 face amount
of insurance.
 
    PLC sponsors a defined contribution plan which covers substantially all
employees. Employee contributions are made on a before-tax basis as provided by
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In 1990, PLC established an
Employee Stock Ownership Plan to match employee contributions to PLC's 401(k)
Plan. In 1994, a stock bonus was added to the 401(k) Plan for employees who are
not otherwise under a bonus plan. Expense related to the ESOP consists of the
cost of the shares allocated to participating employees plus the interest
expense on the ESOP's note payable to Protective less dividends on shares held
by the ESOP. At December 31, 1996, PLC had committed 52,388 shares to be
released to fund employee benefits. The expense recorded by PLC for these
employee benefits was $1.0 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million in 1996, 1995,
and 1994, respectively.
 
NOTE M -- STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
 
    Certain Protective employees participate in PLC's Performance Share Plan and
receive stock appreciation rights (SARs) from PLC.
 
    Since 1973 PLC has had a Performance Share Plan to motivate senior
management to focus on PLC's long-range earnings performance. The criterion for
payment of performance share awards is based upon a comparison of PLC's average
return on average equity over a four year award period (earlier upon the death,
disability or retirement of the executive, or in certain circumstances, of a
change in control of PLC) to that of a comparison group of publicly held life
insurance companies, multiline insurers, and insurance holding companies. If
PLC's results are below the median of the comparison group, no portion of the
award is earned. If PLC's results are at or above the 90th percentile, the award
maximum is earned. Under the plan approved by stockholders in 1992, up to
1,200,000 shares may be issued in payment of awards. The number of shares
granted in 1996, 1995, and 1994 were 52,290, 72,610, and 62,140 shares,
respectively, having an approximate market value on the grant date of $1.8
million, $1.6 million, and $1.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 1996,
outstanding awards measured at target and maximum payouts were 279,648 and
375,470 shares, respectively. The expense recorded by PLC for the Performance
Share Plan was $3.0 million, $2.9 million, and $3.6 million in 1996, 1995, and
1994, respectively.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE M -- STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED)
    During 1996, stock appreciation rights (SARs) were granted to certain
executives of PLC to provide long-term incentive compensation based on the
performance of PLC's Common Stock. Under this arrangement PLC will pay (in
shares of PLC Common Stock) an amount equal to the difference between the
specified base price of PLC's Common Stock and the market value at the exercise
date. The SARs are exercisable after five years (earlier upon the death,
disability or retirement of the executive, or in certain circumstances, of a
change in control of PLC) and expire in 2006 or upon termination of employment.
The number of SARs granted during 1996 and outstanding at December 31, 1996 was
337,500. The SARs have a base price of $34.875 per share of PLC Common Stock
(the market price on the grant date was $35.00 per share). The estimated fair
value of the SARs on the grant date was $3.0 million. This estimate was derived
using the Roll-Geske variation of the Black-Sholes option pricing model.
Assumptions used in the pricing model are as follows: expected volatility rate
of 15% (approximately equal to that of the S & P Life Insurance Index), a risk
free interest rate of 6.35%, a dividend yield rate of 1.97%, and an expected
exercise date of August 15, 2002. The expense recorded by PLC for the SARs was
$0.2 million in 1996.
 
NOTE N -- REINSURANCE
 
    Protective assumes risks from and reinsures certain parts of its risks with
other insurers under yearly renewable term, coinsurance, and modified
coinsurance agreements. Yearly renewable term and coinsurance agreements are
accounted for by passing a portion of the risk to the reinsurer. Generally, the
reinsurer receives a proportionate part of the premiums less commissions and is
liable for a corresponding part of all benefit payments. Modified coinsurance is
accounted for similarly to coinsurance except that the liability for future
policy benefits is held by the original company, and settlements are made on a
net basis between the companies. While the amount retained on an individual life
will vary based upon age and mortality prospects of the risk Protective,
generally, will not carry more than $500,000 individual life insurance on a
single risk.
 
    Protective has reinsured approximately $18.8 billion, $17.5 billion, and
$8.6 billion, in face amount of life insurance risks with other insurers
representing $113.5 million, $116.1 million, and $46.0 million of premium income
for 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. Protective has also reinsured accident
and health risks representing $194.7 million, $217.1 million, and $126.5
million, of premium income for 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. In 1996 and
1995, policy and claim reserves relating to insurance ceded of $325.9 million
and $266.9 million respectively are included in reinsurance receivables. Should
any of the reinsurers be unable to meet its obligation at the time of the claim,
obligation to pay such claim would remain with Protective. At December 31, 1996
and 1995, Protective had paid $6.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively, of
ceded benefits which are recoverable from reinsurers.
 
   
    During 1995 Protective entered into a reinsurance agreement whereby most of
Protective's new credit insurance sales are being ceded to a reinsurer. Included
in the preceding paragraph are credit life and credit accident and health
insurance premiums of $47.7 million and $55.3 million respectively, and reserves
totaling $135.8 million which were ceded during 1996. Also included are credit
life and credit accident and
    
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                (ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN TABLES ARE IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE N -- REINSURANCE (CONTINUED)
health insurance premiums of $68.2 million and $57.6 million, respectively, and
reserves totaling $100.8 million which were ceded during 1995.
 
NOTE O -- ESTIMATED MARKET VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The carrying amount and estimated market values of Protective's financial
instruments at December 31 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1996                  1995
                                                --------------------  --------------------
                                                           ESTIMATED             ESTIMATED
                                                CARRYING    MARKET    CARRYING    MARKET
                                                 AMOUNT     VALUES     AMOUNT     VALUES
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Assets (see Notes A and C):
Investments:
  Fixed maturities............................  $4,662,997 $4,662,997 $3,891,932 $3,891,932
  Equity securities...........................     35,250     35,250     38,711     38,711
  Mortgage loans on real estate...............  1,503,781  1,581,694  1,835,057  2,001,100
  Short-term investments......................    101,215    101,215     46,891     46,891
Cash..........................................    114,384    114,384      6,198      6,198
Other (see Note A):
  Futures contracts...........................                (1,708)                 (633)
  Interest rate swaps.........................                  (679)                1,299
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
              SCHEDULE III -- SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
 
               PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         COL. A               COL. B         COL. C   COL. D         COL. E      COL. F      COL. G                    COL. H
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  GIC AND
                                           FUTURE                 ANNUITY
                            DEFERRED       POLICY                 DEPOSITS      PREMIUMS                REALIZED     BENEFITS
                             POLICY       BENEFITS               AND OTHER        AND        NET       INVESTMENT      AND
                           ACQUISITION      AND      UNEARNED  POLICYHOLDERS'    POLICY   INVESTMENT     GAINS      SETTLEMENT
         SEGMENT              COSTS        COSTS     PREMIUMS      FUNDS          FEES    INCOME (1)    (LOSSES)     EXPENSES
- -------------------------  -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                        <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>              <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>
Year Ended December 31,
  1996:
  Acquisitions...........   $156,172     $1,117,159  $ 1,087     $  251,450     $106,543   $106,015     $     0      $118,181
  Financial
    Institutions.........     32,040        119,242  253,154          1,880      73,422      13,898           0        42,781
  Group..................     27,944        119,010    2,572         83,632     156,530      16,249           0       125,797
  Guaranteed Investment
    Contracts............      1,164        149,755        0      2,474,728           0     214,369      (7,963)      169,927
  Individual Life........    220,232        793,370      685         15,577     116,710      48,442       3,098        96,404
  Investment Products....     50,637        149,743        0      1,120,557       8,189      98,719       3,858        73,093
  Corporate and Other....         12            170       55            192         656       1,089           0           710
  Unallocated Realized
    Investment Gains
    (Losses).............          0              0        0              0           0           0       6,517             0
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
    TOTAL................   $488,201     $2,448,449  $257,553    $3,948,016     $462,050   $498,781     $ 5,510      $626,893
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
Year Ended December 31,
  1995:
  Acquisitions...........   $123,889     $  851,994  $   590     $  250,550     $98,501    $ 95,018     $     0      $100,016
  Financial
    Institutions.........     36,283         84,162  189,973          1,495      65,669       9,276           0        24,020
  Group..................     24,974        123,279    2,806         85,925     142,483      14,329           0       109,447
  Guaranteed Investment
    Contracts............        993         68,704        0      2,451,693           0     203,376      (3,908)      165,963
  Individual Life........    186,496        672,569      336         14,709      99,018      40,237           0        80,067
  Investment Products....     37,534        127,104        0      1,061,507       4,566      95,661       4,938        72,111
  Corporate and Other....         14            342       62            263       1,445         536           0         1,476
  Unallocated Realized
    Investment Gains
    (Losses).............          0              0        0              0           0           0         921             0
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
    TOTAL................   $410,183     $1,928,154  $193,767    $3,866,142     $411,682   $458,433     $ 1,951      $553,100
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
Year Ended December 31,
  1994:
  Acquisitions...........   $110,203     $  856,889  $   381     $  266,828     $86,376    $ 84,350     $   532      $ 97,649
  Financial
    Institutions.........     68,060         43,198   99,798          2,758      98,027       9,451                    46,360
  Group..................     22,685        116,324    2,905         84,689     131,096      14,903                    98,930
  Guaranteed Investment
    Contracts............        996              0        0      2,281,674           0     181,212       3,000       147,383
  Individual Life........    162,186        571,070      320         13,713      84,925      37,986                    67,451
  Investment Products....     70,053        102,705        0      1,027,527       1,635      81,062      (2,500)       58,424
  Corporate and Other....         17          4,109       75            263         713         (31)                      913
  Unallocated Realized
    Investment Gains
    (Losses).............          0              0        0              0           0           0       5,266             0
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
    TOTAL................   $434,200     $1,694,295  $103,479    $3,677,452     $402,772   $408,933     $ 6,298      $517,110
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
                           -----------   ----------  --------  --------------   --------  ----------   ----------   ----------
 
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------
         COL. A               COL. I          COL. J
- -------------------------
 
                           AMORTIZATION
                           OF DEFERRED
                              POLICY         OTHER
                           ACQUISITION     OPERATING
         SEGMENT              COSTS       EXPENSES (1)
- -------------------------  ------------   ------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>
Year Ended December 31,
  1996:
  Acquisitions...........    $17,162        $ 24,292
  Financial
    Institutions.........     24,900          10,673
  Group..................      5,326          43,027
  Guaranteed Investment
    Contracts............        509           3,840
  Individual Life........     28,393          28,611
  Investment Products....     14,710          13,197
  Corporate and Other....          1           4,508
  Unallocated Realized
    Investment Gains
    (Losses).............          0               0
                           ------------   ------------
    TOTAL................    $91,001        $128,148
                           ------------   ------------
                           ------------   ------------
Year Ended December 31,
  1995:
  Acquisitions...........    $20,601        $ 22,551
  Financial
    Institutions.........     26,809          14,229
  Group..................      3,052          37,657
  Guaranteed Investment
    Contracts............        386           4,140
  Individual Life........     20,403          22,748
  Investment Products....     11,446          10,494
  Corporate and Other....          3           8,069
  Unallocated Realized
    Investment Gains
    (Losses).............          0               0
                           ------------   ------------
    TOTAL................    $82,700        $119,888
                           ------------   ------------
                           ------------   ------------
Year Ended December 31,
  1994:
  Acquisitions...........    $14,460        $ 21,431
  Financial
    Institutions.........     36,592          16,984
  Group..................      2,724          37,059
  Guaranteed Investment
    Contracts............        892           4,004
  Individual Life........     18,771          20,736
  Investment Products....     14,647           7,801
  Corporate and Other....          3          11,188
  Unallocated Realized
    Investment Gains
    (Losses).............          0               0
                           ------------   ------------
    TOTAL................    $88,089        $119,203
                           ------------   ------------
                           ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Allocations of Net Investment Income and Other Operating Expenses are based
    on a number of assumptions and estimates and results would change if
    different methods were applied.
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                           SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
 
               PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                COL. A                    COL. B      COL. C      COL. D      COL. E       COL. F
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         PERCENTAGE
                                                     CEDED TO    ASSUMED                  OF AMOUNT
                                          GROSS       OTHER     FROM OTHER     NET         ASSUMED
                                          AMOUNT    COMPANIES   COMPANIES     AMOUNT       TO NET
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1996:
  Life insurance in force.............  $53,052,020 $18,840,221 $16,275,386 $50,487,185        32.2%
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------          ---
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------          ---
Premiums and policy fees:
  Life insurance......................  $  272,331  $  113,487  $  129,717  $  288,561         45.0%
  Accident and health insurance.......     338,709     194,687      29,467     173,489         17.0%
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  TOTAL...............................  $  611,040  $  308,174  $  159,184  $  462,050
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Year Ended December 31, 1995:
  Life insurance in force.............  $50,346,719 $17,524,366 $11,537,144 $44,359,497        26.0%
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------          ---
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------          ---
Premiums and policy fees:
  Life insurance......................  $  308,422  $  116,091  $   66,565  $  258,896         25.7%
  Accident/health insurance...........     356,285     217,082      13,583     152,786          8.9%
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  TOTAL...............................  $  664,707  $  333,173  $   80,148  $  411,682
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Year Ended December 31, 1994:
  Life insurance in force.............  $40,909,454 $8,639,272  $8,968,166  $41,238,348        21.7%
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------          ---
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------          ---
Premiums and policy fees:
  Life insurance......................  $  256,840  $   46,029  $   31,032  $  241,843         12.8%
  Accident/health insurance...........     283,884     126,546       3,591     160,929          2.2%
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  TOTAL...............................  $  540,724  $  172,575  $   34,623  $  402,772
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.*
 
    The  expenses of the issuance and  distribution of the Contracts, other than
any underwriting discounts and commissions, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fees..................  $68,965.52
Printing and engraving................................................         0
Accounting fees and expenses..........................................         0
Legal fees and expenses...............................................         0
Miscellaneous.........................................................         0
                                                                        --------
      TOTAL EXPENSES..................................................  $68,965.52
                                                                        --------
                                                                        --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*Estimated.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Section 6.5  of  Article VI  of  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  of  PLC
provides,  in substance,  that any of  PLC's directors and  officers and certain
directors and officers of Protective, who is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to any  action, suit or proceeding,  other than an action  by or in  the
right  of PLC, by reason of  the fact that he is  or was an officer or director,
shall be  indemnified  by  PLC against  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best  interests of PLC and,  with respect to any  criminal action or proceeding,
had no reasonable cause to  believe his conduct was  unlawful. If the action  or
suit  is or was by  or in the right  of PLC to procure  a judgment in its favor,
such person shall be indemnified  by PLC against expenses (including  attorneys'
fees)  actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit, except that no indemnification shall be  made
in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged  to be liable  for negligence or  misconduct in the  performance of his
duty to PLC unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or
suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication
of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly
and reasonably entitled to  indemnity for such expenses  which such court  shall
deem  proper. To the extent that any  officer or director has been successful on
the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding, or in
defense of any issue or matter therein,  he shall be indemnified by PLC  against
expenses  (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith without  the necessity  of any  action being  taken by  PLC
other  than  the  determination,  in  good faith,  that  such  defense  has been
successful. In all other cases, unless ordered by a court, indemnification shall
be made by PLC only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of  the  officer or  director  is proper  in  the  circumstances
because  he has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall
be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum  consisting
of  directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if
such  a  quorum  is  not  obtainable,  or,  even  if  obtainable  a  quorum   of
disinterested  directors so directs,  by independent legal  counsel in a written
opinion or (c) by the  holders of a majority of  the shares of capital stock  of
PLC  entitled  to vote  thereon. By  means  of a  by-law, Protective  offers its
directors and certain executive officers similar indemnification.
 
    In addition,  the executive  officers  and directors  are insured  by  PLC's
Directors'   and   Officers'  Liability   Insurance  Policy   including  Company
Reimbursement  and  are  indemnified  by  a  written  contract  with  PLC  which
supplements such coverage.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Not applicable.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION                                      METHOD OF FILING
- ------------          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------
<C>   <C>       <C>   <S>                                                                                <C>
    *  1(a)     --    Underwriting Agreement
*****  1(b)     --    Form of Distribution Agreement
 ****  2        --    Stock Purchase Agreement
    *  3(a)     --    Articles of Incorporation
    *  3(b)     --    By-laws
   **  4(a)     --    Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract
  ***  4(b)     --    Individual Certificate
   **  4(h)     --    Tax-Sheltered Annuity Endorsement
   **  4(i)     --    Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement
   **  4(j)     --    Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement
   **  4(l)     --    Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plan Endorsement
    *  4(m)     --    Qualified Plan Endorsement
   **  4(n)     --    Application for Individual Certificate
   **  4(o)     --    Adoption Agreement for Participation in Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity
  ***  4(p)     --    Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract
   **  4(q)     --    Application for Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract
   **  4(r)     --    Tax-Sheltered Annuity Endorsement
   **  4(s)     --    Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement
   **  4(t)     --    Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plan Endorsement
   **  4(v)     --    Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement
 ****  4(w)     --    Endorsement -- Group Policy
 ****  4(x)     --    Endorsement -- Certificate
 ****  4(y)     --    Endorsement -- Individual Contract
 ****  4(z)     --    Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Group Policy
 ****  4(aa)    --    Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Certificate
 ****  4(bb)    --    Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Individual Contract
   **  4(cc)    --    Endorsement -- Individual
   **  4(dd)    --    Endorsement -- Group Contract/Certificate
*****  4(ee)    --    Endorsement (96) -- Individual
*****  4(ff)    --    Endorsement (96) -- Group Contract
*****  4(gg)    --    Endorsement (96) -- Group Certificate
*****  4(hh)    --    Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract (96)
       4(ii)    --    Settlement Endorsement
    *  5        --    Opinion re legality
    * 10(a)     --    Bond Purchase Agreement
    * 10(b)     --    Escrow Agreement
      24(a)     --    Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
      24(b)     --    Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan, L.L.P.
      25        --    Power of Attorney
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
    *Previously  filed  in  Form S-1  Registration  Statement,  Registration No.
     33-31940.
    
 
   
   **Previously filed in  Amendment No.  1 to Form  S-1 Registration  Statement,
     Registration No. 33-31940.
    
 
   
  ***Previously  filed in  Amendment No. 2  to Form  S-1 Registration Statement,
     Registration No. 33-31940.
    
 
   
 ****Previously filed in  Amendment No.  2 to Form  S-1 Registration  Statement,
     Registration No. 33-57052.
    
 
   
*****Previously  filed  in  Form S-1  Registration  Statement,  Registration No.
     333-02249.
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FINANCIAL
 STATEMENTS
 SCHEDULES                            FILED WITH THIS AMENDMENT
- ------------         -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>   <C>
Schedule III   --    Supplementary Insurance Information
Schedule IV    --    Reinsurance
</TABLE>
 
    Schedules other  than  those referred  to  above  are not  required  or  are
inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    (A)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
        (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
    a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
           (i) To include  any prospectus  required by section  10(a)(3) of  the
       Securities Act of 1933;
 
           (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus  any facts or events arising after
       the effective  date of  the registration  statement (or  the most  recent
       post-effective   amendment  thereof)   which,  individually   or  in  the
       aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
       the registration statement;
 
          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan  of
       distribution  not previously  disclosed in the  registration statement or
       any material change  to such information  in the registration  statement,
       including  (but not  limited to) any  addition or deletion  of a managing
       underwriter;
 
        (2) That,  for  the  purpose  of determining  any  liability  under  the
    Securities  Act of 1933, each such  post-effective amendment shall be deemed
    to be  a  new registration  statement  relating to  the  securities  offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (3)  To remove from registration by  means of a post-effective amendment
    any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at   the
    termination of the offering.
 
    (B)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of
the  registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,   the
registrant  has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for  indemnification
against  such liabilities (other than the  payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officers or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Post-Effective  Amendment to its Registration Statement  on
Form  S-1  to  be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Birmingham, State of Alabama on April 23, 1997.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>   <C>
                                PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                                By:               /s/ JOHN D. JOHNS
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                                    John D. Johns
                                                      President
</TABLE>
    
 
Pursuant to the  requirements of the  Securities Act of  1933, the  Registration
Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities
and on the dates indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    SIGNATURE                                           TITLE                             DATE
- --------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>        <C>                                      <C>                                             <C>
 
(i)        Principal Executive Officer
 
                              *                     Chairman of the Board                             April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                     Drayton Nabers, Jr.
 
(ii)       Principal Financial Officer
 
                      /s/ JOHN D. JOHNS             President and                                     April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------        Chief Financial Officer
                        John D. Johns
 
(iii)      Principal Accounting Officer
 
                     /s/ JERRY W. DEFOOR            Vice President and Controller,                    April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------        and Chief Accounting Officer
                       Jerry W. DeFoor
 
(iv)       Board of Directors:
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                     Drayton Nabers, Jr.
 
                      /s/ JOHN D. JOHNS             Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                        John D. Johns
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                      Ormond L. Bentley
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                      R. Stephen Briggs
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                      Jim E. Massengale
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                      Wayne E. Stuenkel
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                     A. S. Williams III
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    SIGNATURE                                           TITLE                             DATE
- --------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>        <C>                                      <C>                                             <C>
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                       Deborah J. Long
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                        Carolyn King
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                      Richard J. Bielen
 
                              *                     Director                                          April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                      Danny L. Bentley
 
*By:                /s/ STEVE M. CALLAWAY                                                             April 23, 1997
               -------------------------------
                      Steve M. Callaway
                      ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PAGE IN SEQUENTIAL
                                                                       NUMBERING SYSTEM
NUMBER                            DESCRIPTION                        WHERE EXHIBIT LOCATED
- ------      -------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
<C>      <C><S>                                                      <C>
 1(a)    -- Underwriting Agreement                                              *
 1(b)    -- Form of Distribution Agreement                                  *****
 2       -- Stock Purchase Agreement                                         ****
 3(a)    -- Articles of Incorporation                                           *
 3(b)    -- By-laws                                                             *
 4(a)    -- Group Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract                         **
 4(b)    -- Individual Certificate                                            ***
 4(h)    -- Tax-Sheltered Annuity Endorsement                                  **
 4(i)    -- Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement                              **
 4(j)    -- Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement                          **
 4(l)    -- Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plan Endorsement                 **
 4(m)    -- Qualified Plan Endorsement                                          *
 4(n)    -- Application for Individual Certificate                             **
 4(o)    -- Adoption  Agreement for Participation in Group Modified            **
            Guaranteed Annuity
 4(p)    -- Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract                   ***
 4(q)    -- Application for Individual Modified Guaranteed  Annuity            **
            Contract
 4(r)    -- Tax-Sheltered Annuity Endorsement                                  **
 4(s)    -- Individual Retirement Annuity Endorsement                          **
 4(t)    -- Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plan Endorsement                 **
 4(v)    -- Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement                              **
 4(w)    -- Endorsement -- Group Policy                                      ****
 4(x)    -- Endorsement -- Certificate                                       ****
 4(y)    -- Endorsement -- Individual Contract                               ****
 4(z)    -- Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Group Policy                   ****
 4(aa)   -- Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Certificate                    ****
 4(bb)   -- Endorsement (Annuity Deposits) -- Individual Contract            ****
 4(cc)   -- Endorsement -- Individual                                          **
 4(dd)   -- Endorsement -- Group Contract/Certificate                          **
 4(ee)   -- Endorsement (96) -- Individual                                  *****
 4(ff)   -- Endorsement (96) -- Group Contract                              *****
 4(gg)   -- Endorsement (96) -- Group Certificate                           *****
 4(hh)   -- Individual Modified Guaranteed Annuity Contract (96)            *****
 4(ii)   -- Settlement Endorsement
 5       -- Opinion re legality                                                 *
10(a)    -- Bond Purchase Agreement                                             *
10(b)    -- Escrow Agreement                                                    *
24(a)    -- Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
24(b)    -- Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan, L.L.P.
25       -- Power of Attorney
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
    *Previously filed in Form S-1 Registration Statement, Registration
     No. 33-31940.
    
 
   
   **Previously filed in Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement,
Registration
     No. 33-31940.
    
 
   
  ***Previously filed in Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement,
Registration
     No. 33-31940.
    
 
   
 ****Previously filed in Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement,
Registration
     No. 33-57052.
    
 
   
*****Previously filed in Form S-1 Registration Statement, Registration No.
     333-02249.
    

<PAGE>
   
                                 EXHIBIT 4(II)
                             SETTLEMENT ENDORSEMENT
                       PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 P.O. BOX 2606
                           BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35202
                                  ENDORSEMENT
    
 
   
The  Contract or Certificate to which this Endorsement is attached is amended as
of its Effective Date.
    
 
   
The following sentence is added to the GENERAL PROVISION entitled Settlement:
    
 
   
    The Owner/Participant may elect to apply settlement proceeds,  including
    any  full or  partial surrender  proceeds or  the death  benefit, to any
    payout option offered by us for  such payments at the time the  election
    is made.
    
 
   
Signed for the Company as of the
Effective Date.
PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
    
 
   
          /s/ John K. Wright
    
 
   
              Secretary
    

<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT 24(A)
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
We  consent to the inclusion  in this registration statement  on Form S-1 of our
report dated February  11, 1996,  on our  audits of  the consolidated  financial
statements  and  financial  statement  schedules  of  Protective  Life Insurance
Company and subsidiaries. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the
caption "Experts."
    
 
   
/s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
- --------------------------------------
    
 
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
   
Birmingham, Alabama
April 23, 1997
    

<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT 24(B)
 
   
                CONSENT OF SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN, L.L.P.
    
 
   
    We consent to the reference to our firm under the heading "Legal Matters" in
the  prospectus included in  Post-Effective Amendment No.  1 to the Registration
Statement on Form S-1 for  certain modified guaranteed annuity contracts  issued
by  Protective Life Insurance Company.  In giving this consent,  we do not admit
that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7
of the Securities Act of 1933.
    
 
   
                                    /s/ SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN, L.L.P.
                                    --------------------------------------------
    
 
   
                                    SUTHERLAND, ASBILL & BRENNAN, L.L.P.
    
 
   
WASHINGTON, D.C.
APRIL 23, 1997
    

<PAGE>
   
                                                                      EXHIBIT 25
    
 
   
                                   DIRECTORS'
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
    
 
   
    KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS, that each of  the undersigned Directors of
Protective Life Insurance Company, a  Tennessee corporation, ("Company") by  his
execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute
and appoint John D. Johns, Steve M. Callaway or Jerry W. DeFoor, and each or any
of  them, his  true and lawful  attorney-in-fact and  agent, for him  and in his
name, place and stead, to execute and sign all post-effective amendments to  the
Registration  Statement on Form S-1  to be filed by  the Company with respect to
insurance products with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to  the
provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act
of  1940 and, further, to file same, with all exhibits and schedules thereto and
all other documents in  connection therewith, with  the Securities and  Exchange
Commission  and with such state securities  as may be appropriate, granting unto
said attorney-in-fact and agent, and each  of them, full power and authority  to
do  and perform each and every act and  thing requisite and necessary to be done
in and  about  the  premises, as  fully  to  all intents  and  purposes  of  the
undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the
acts  of said attorney-in-fact and agent or  any of them which they may lawfully
do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
    
 
   
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each  of the undersigned has  hereunto set his hand  and
seal this 22nd day of April, 1997.
    
 
   
WITNESS TO ALL SIGNATURES:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
/s/ DEBORAH J. LONG
- -------------------------------------------
Deborah J. Long
 
/s/ DRAYTON NABERS, JR.                       /s/ DANNY L. BENTLEY
- -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
Drayton Nabers, Jr.                           Danny L. Bentley
 
/s/ JOHN D. JOHNS                             /s/ RICHARD J. BIELEN
- -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
John D. Johns                                 Richard J. Bielen
 
/s/ R. STEPHEN BRIGGS                         /s/ CAROLYN KING
- -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
R. Stephen Briggs                             Carolyn King
 
/s/ ORMOND L. BENTLEY                         /s/ JIM E. MASSENGALE
- -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
Ormond L. Bentley                             Jim E. Massengale
 
/s/ STEVEN A. SCHULTZ                         /s/ WAYNE E. STUENKEL
- -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
Steven A. Schultz                             Wayne E. Stuenkel
 
/s/ A. S. WILLIAMS, III
- -------------------------------------------
A. S. Williams, III
</TABLE>
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission